Home

(RM) - includes Print Manager and Executive

1. OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software Main Menu General Ledger 2002 Journal Transactions GENERAL Report Writer Journal Transactions Transactions ODBC Kit Reports Copy Recurring Entries Bills of Materials Kitting Periodic Processing GL Joumal Bank Reconciliation File Maintenance GL Activity Report Payroll with Direct Deposit Statement Maintenance GL and Transaction Inquiry Fixed Assets Master File Lists General Ledger Post to Master Inventory Job Cost Purchase Order Sales Order IL Company Terminal T000 08 14 2002 11 30 AM You can exit from a graphical menu in these ways e Select a button from a previous menu e Press the Tab key to go to the OSAS menu e Click the Close box in the upper right corner of the window Use Exit F7 e Select Exit from the File menu 1 20 Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Graphical Menu Start Style Main Menu s TODO OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software a Agel xl File Modes Tools Favorites Other Help 2647 Date and Time y Data Set Builders Supply 08 14 2002 Live Data 11 32 AM Sample Data 1 GENERAL Report Writer I obec kit I Bills of Materials AKitting 3 sem ion C Payroll with Direct Deposit LI Fixed Assets LI General Ledger C Inventory I Job Cost I Purchase Order I Sales Order C s gt ons C Reconciliation
2. Field Definitions Field Name Print File Sort File Acroread Path Web Browser 2 32 Description Enter the subdirectory where you want the reports you print to a file to be stored Enter the subdirectory where you want sort files created by OS AS to be stored If you want to access the online documentation using the Shift F1 function key enter the full path and file name of the Adobe Acrobat Reader ora comparable program capable of reading and displaying PDF documents If you don t want to access the online documentation files if your terminal does not support graphical display or if you don t have a compatible reader leave this field blank The Adobe Acrobat Reader is a freeware product available for many operating systems If you have an OSAS CD ROM you can install the Adobe Acrobat Reader for Windows from the Autorun screen on the CD If you want to launch your web browser from within an internet address field anywhere in OSAS using either the right click menu the Commands menu or the Shift F3 function key enter the full path and file name of your web browser If you leave this field blank on Windows workstations OSAS uses the default Windows start command to launch your web browser See File Types on page 2 35 for more information on the start command Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration Defaults E Mail Client E Mail From Resource Manag
3. For sysprint devices the default is blank If you change the default setting the new setting overrides the Windows default Enter the hexadecimal code that makes the printer move to the next line without a carriage return Enter the maximum number of lines you can print per page If your system has a printer locking mechanism or if you have a single user system skip this field If your system does not have a printer locking mechanism enter the name of a file that is created on the disk when the printer is being used Enter an operating system command that the system executes before a job is sent to the printer If you use Windows select the box or enter YES in text mode to open a dialog box when you print your reports to select the amount of copies per page printer choices print formats and page layout the options available depend on your printer driver Clear the box or enter NO in text mode to make the print jobs use default Windows printer settings 2 15 Devices Workstation Configuration Command Description Slave On Slave printers are attached to one terminal and can be used from other workstations on the system This feature is not available with some operating systems To communicate with slave printers the system may need to send hexadecimal codes before and after the text Enter the hexadecimal codes to be sent to the printer before the text Slave Off Enter the hexadecimal codes to be sent t
4. 21515 Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xre re mal g OK Abandon Pick Function ID From APAGED aj Thru TDAYS PD El Full Detail Print C Summary Only Show Function Setup Types mi Company 08 06 2002 Terminal TODO OVR 2 Select the range of functions to include in the list 3 Select the level of detail to print in the list Select Full Detail to print the output and definitions for each function select Summary Only to print only the function ID and description Resource Manager User s Manual 8 41 Functions List Executive Information Summary 4 If you want each function s listing to be broken down into the setup types select the box or enter Y in text mode if not clear the box or enter N in text mode 5 Select the output device to begin printing the list See Output the Report on page 1 60 for information on output devices After the report is produced the EIS Master File Lists menu appears Functions List 07 13 2002 Builders Supply 11 43 AM Functions List Function Description APCHECK AP Checks File Totals Sub Type Description Numeric Regular Check Amount Numeric Discounts Taken Amount Numeric Discounts Lost Amount Numeric Prepaid Check Amount APFCST AP Cash Forecast Totals Type Description Numeric Net Due Total Numeric Discount Total Numeric Today Net Due Numeric Today Discount Amt Numeric Week Net Due Numeric Week Discount Numeric Week Net Due Numeric
5. Cash Flow Report 12 06 2000 Aged Trial Balance 12 06 2000 Vendor Analysis Report 12 06 2000 Sales Journal Miscellaneous Credits Journal 12 06 2000 12 06 2000 Detail History Report 12 06 2000 Dashboard History 12 06 2000 Dashboard History 12 06 2000 re E E r r T T T T T T T T T Sort By Date Sequence Enter tag Edit Toggle menu file text search View file Sort Print print Batch Archive E Resource Manager User s Manual Company H 06 26 2000 Terminal T000 OVR 9 7 Active Report Control Print Manager 9 8 Command Enter tag Edit Toggle menuffile Text search View File Sort Print Print Batch Archive Goto Command Bar Definitions Description Press Enter to toggle a selected file as tagged selected or untagged cleared You can print a group of tagged files at one time using the Print Batch command Press E to edit the report description and class for the selected file Press T to toggle the description field to display either the file description or the file path and name Press X to search for text in a report see Search for Text Screen on page 9 9 for instructions Press V to display the path and file name for the selected file Press S to select the order in which you want the reports list on the screen You can sort
6. Inquiry BBx Device Name Inquiry Copy From Inquiry System Device Name Device Type Resource Manager User s Manual Description Enter the device name This field appears if you enter a new device name Enter the name of the device whose settings you want to copy Enter the system device name Use the dev prn dev Iptx and dev comx device names for printers attached directly to your workstation or captured in Windows 95 98 environments and all printers in UNIX and Linux environments Use the LPTx device name for printers attached directly to your machine in Windows NT and 2000 environments Use the sysprint device name for printers accessed through the Windows Print Manager in any Windows environment Select the device type from the inquiry window 2 13 Devices Workstation Configuration Depending on the type of printer you selected Resource Manager lists these options for regular printers and sysprint devices the options are listed in alphabetical order to help you more quickly locate the appropriate explanation Command Description Backspace If the printer supports an ASCII backspace code enter YES to use the hexadecimal code 08 or enter a different hexadecimal code to perform a backspace If the printer does not have backspace capability enter NO Carriage Return If the printer supports the ASCII carriage return code enter YES to use the hexadecimal code OD or enter a differen
7. Length Row Col Xref Field Start Length Flds Table Key Test Description Enter the starting position of the data within the field or press Enter to accept the starting position that appears Enter the length of the field or press Enter to accept the length that appears Enter the row column where you want the field to be positioned Enter the name of the cross reference file whose data you want to access If the file is company specific put lowercase xxx after the name of the file Enter the position of the field in the record of the specified file For alphanumeric fields enter the first character position in the field that you want to appear For other field types leave this field blank For alphanumeric fields enter the length of the data For numeric fields enter the number of digits to the left of the decimal place that you want to appear For other field types leave this field blank Accept the current value or enter the number of fields in the cross reference file If the field refers to a table for the appropriate value enter the coordinate of the record in the table you want to access if it does not leave it blank For a self join field enter an expression for the value needed to access the correct key For self join fields the number is always 1 For a cross reference by table field enter the row column reference in the format RxxCyy Resource Manager User s Manual
8. Credit Limits 9999999999 99 99999999 9999 99999999 9999 99999999 9999 999999999 999 9999939999 993 9999999999999 11 11 Help Screens List The Help Screens List shows the contents of the help file for an application Use this function to plan changes to the help content or as a record of the changes you made Help Screens List 08 29 2002 Builders Supply Help Screens List Accounts Payable Help Text 000000 Information Inquiry Use the functions on the Information Inquiry menu to view your AP data without changing it You can view information about your vendors and their open invoices summary or periodic history and detailed purchase history 000000 Daily Work Use the functions of the Daily Work menu to enter invoices and debit memos for purchased and returned items Also you can copy recurring entries that you have set up into live transactions 000000 Management Reports The functions on the Management Reports menu allow you to print open invoices cash flow statements vendor analysis 1099 forms and aged trial balances 000000 Pay Invoices The functions on the Pay Invoices menu allow you to change open invoice status for vendors hold or release invoices for vendors prepare checks select which invoices you want to pay for each vendor print checks and void posted checks 000000 File Maintenance The functions in File Maintenance will allow you to change vendor information s
9. Name 4 Customer Profit 4 Customer Rep 4 Customer Territory 5 Customer Name 5 Customer Profit 5 Customer Rep 5 Customer Territory Predefined Functions G 21 Predefined Functions Sub 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 G 22 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Description 6 Customer Name 6 Customer Profit 6 Customer Rep 6 Customer Territory 7 Customer Name 7 Customer Profit 7 Customer Rep 7 Customer Territory 8 Customer Name 8 Customer Profit 8 Customer Rep 8 Customer Territory 9 Customer Name 9 Customer Profit 9 Customer Rep 9 Customer Territory 10 Customer Name 10 Customer Profit 10 Customer Rep 10 Customer Territory Resource Manager User s Manual Predefined Functions ARCTOPSY AR Top 10 Customers YTD Sales Totals The ARCTOPSY function returns the customers that provided the most sales for the year to date in descending order the amount from the sales the customer representative and the territory associated with the customer Setup types Company ID Sub 1 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric
10. PAGE STRiPO Resource Manager User s Manual 10 9 Global Inquiry Window Audit Report The Global Inquiry Window Audit Report produces a list of window link inconsistencies associated with the Global Inquiry Window definitions Global Inquiry Window Audit Report 9 24 AM Builders Supply 06 09 2002 Global Inquiry Window Audit Report Window ID Link ID Anomaly APHIL POORLT Referenced Window not defined APHISID INVEL Referenced Window not defined APTROD INVEL Referenced Window not defined APVEO POORIT Referenced Window not defined APVEl POORLT Referenced Window not defined APVEZPN POORLT Referenced Window not defined APHIl Unreferenced Window APHIZ Unreferenced Window APHIS Unreferenced Window End of Report Resource Manager User s Manual 10 11 E Mail History Report Use the E Mail History Report function to print a report containing information about e mail messages The report pulls information from the OSEL file to list the e mail addresses of the sender and recipient along with the date subject and OSAS application and menu title from which messages have been sent E Mail History Report 12 30 2002 12 12 PM Company ID Terminal ID 00000001 00000002 00000003 00000004 00000005 End of Report Builders Supply E Mail History Report Sorted By E Mail Date E Mail From E Mail To johnl osas com rbernard acme com Saram osas com bhumphreyG aceplumbingsupply com Saram
11. Select Directories from the System File Maintenance menu The Directories screen appears Directories E 5 x Commands Edit Modes Other Help 20 OK Abandon Install 0 7 Program C OSASB5 Data 1 C OSASBS data Data 2 Data 3 System Files C OSASBS sysfil xte 8 m Report Writer og Sample Data JC OSASE5 sample 0 Utils GUI Screens C 0SAS65 gu TT Company 08 28 2002 Terminal T000 OVR The directories used by appear Edit these directories add new ones as necessary then use the Proceed OK command to save your changes and restart OSAS Refer to the field definitions for more information Resource Manager User s Manual 6 5 Directories System File Maintenance Field Definitions Field Name Install Program Data 1 Data 2 Data 3 System Files Report Writer Sample Data Utils GUI Screens 6 6 Description Press Enter if you want to install the Resource Manager and other application files from the current drive or enter the path for the CD diskette or tape device you are using to install Resource Manager and other application files Press Enter if the current directory contains the program subdirectories or change the path as needed For each line press Enter if the current directory is where your data files are located or change the path as needed Press Enter if the current directory is where the
12. s manuals specify otherwise Workstation Configuration Use the Configure Workstation functions to assign colors on a text workstation define the keys that will execute particular functions and editing commands on a text workstation define multiple terminals printers and graphics devices and specify default system information Installation After you set up your workstations you can begin installing other applications on your system However some applications will not appear on the Main menu until you create or convert data files Company Setup Use the Company Setup functions to set up company information create or convert the data files for each application select options for each application and the interfaces between applications set up access codes to protect your data from unauthorized access and set up country codes Resource Manager User s Manual 1 7 Resource Manager Overview Introduction 1 8 Application Setup After you have installed applications on your system and created or converted your data files use the Application Setup functions to create the Period Setup tables You can also assign tax classes tax locations and tax groups print the Sales Tax Report and clear accumulated sales tax from tax location records Data File Maintenance Use the Data File Maintenance functions to backup or restore your data files build application tables change file size view file contents rebuild and verify
13. xt memmu e Abandon You must use the Append command to enter the first line entry Enter or edit the system message then use the Proceed OK command to save your changes and return to the System Messages screen Resource Manager User s Manual Backup Restore Commands Use the Backup Restore Commands function to customize your backup and restore commands To produce a list of the information entered on the Backup Restore Commands screen use the Backup Restore Commands List function on the Master File Lists menu Select Backup Restore Commands from the System File Maintenance menu The Backup Restore Commands screen appears Backup Restore Commands 1 P E zi xj Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2x BAG g OK Abanden Floppy Backup Command DSBUF TXT BACKUP dir select flop 5 Floppy Restore Command OSREF TXT RESTORE flop dir select 5 Tape Backup Command OSBUT TXT N A Tape Restore Command 5 N A Company 08 28 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Enter or edit the floppy and tape backup and restore commands then use the Proceed OK command to save your changes and return to the System File Maintenance menu Refer to the field definitions for more information Resource Manager User s Manual 6 41 Backup Restore Commands System File Maintenance Field Definitions Field Name Floppy Backup Command Floppy
14. 00 L0ET 00 LOET 008202 XBL symosoy isbpse Teasusg 00 bL 82T 008202 STTTqeTT XEL symosoy Teasusg 00 008202 STTTAFTT XBL symosoy isbpse Teasusg 00 00 uoma ET OETSEE 08 L0TOZ seTes uama 000 ET DETSEE 08 0T0Z STJEXE JUON STQEXEL PELZSTILB EZ AI UMY 2487 00 00 uoma LT L TGE ZZ PLSZ seTes uama 000 LT LLTGE ZZ SZ STJEXE JUON TPEZLSTIPLES AI UMY XEL Tsas 00 00 uoma 1622596 PT 9287 seTes uama 000 16 22596 PT 9267 STQexequoy STQEXEL 2865 86 5 UMY xB UOTIEDOT XEL Ag xe sates 4jddng NOILYIOT TYLOL 005 9 000908 005 9 spoog aewnsuoj 00 XBL yoang 950v sseTa XBL S9TES uoradraoseq XBL SeTeS 3WEN D07 XEL NOILYIOT TYLOL 000 5 000908 0005 spoog asewnsuoj 00 XBL 920 sseTa XBL se eg uoradraoseq XBL S3TES pueTArey 3WEN 507 XEL WO NOIIY2OT dod TVLOL 000 000908 000 spoog zamsuog 00 yoma 900 sseT2 XBL S9TES uoradraoseq XBL SSTES 3WEN D07 XEL Hd 80 T 2002 22 80 4 17 Resource Manager User s Manual Clear Sales Tax Use the Clear Sales Tax function to clear the accumulated sales and tax amounts from the tax location records at the end of the tax reporting period This function
15. 001006 Each number would appear with a description of a window 001001 would be paired with the description of window A 001002 would be paired with the description of window B and so on In the inquiry window you could move to the number that corresponds to the description of the window you want Then press Enter to move to that window The sequence number s notation carries two pieces of information the number of times you selected Global Inquiry and the number of windows you accessed As explained above the number 001002 provides two details you have run the Global Inquiry function only once 001 and this window was the second window you accessed since you selected Global Inquiry Therefore 001002 indicates the second window you accessed during your first usage of the Global Inquiry function Had you selected Global Inquiry again to view the Payroll option in window 7 the sequence number of the window that appeared would be 002001 Every time you select Global Inquiry when no Global Inquiry windows are currently displayed the numbering starts at 001001 regardless of the sequence numbers the window had the last time you used it To exit from Global Inquiry at any point use the Exit F7 command General Information Inquiry Use the General Information Inquiry function to view information from the Accounts Receivable Accounts Payable Sales Order Purchase Order and Payroll applications Depending on which applications are in
16. 6 47 Support Information command E 14 screen E 14 sysprint defaults 2 17 System Messages A 1 function 6 39 T Tab report command 1 64 scroll region command 1 40 Tables List function 11 19 sample 11 19 Tax Classes function 4 3 screen 4 3 Tax Groups function 4 11 screen 4 11 4 13 Tax Groups List function 11 25 Resource Manager User s Manual sample 11 25 Tax Locations Edit Line window 4 9 function 4 5 screen 4 6 View Line window 4 10 Tax Locations List function 11 23 sample 11 23 terminal parameter 1 4 text mode changing screen colors 2 5 toggle between halves of reports 1 64 tool button Access Code 1 22 Application Information 1 25 Calculator 1 23 1 42 change to from Favorites 1 23 Copy 1 42 Delete 1 42 Help 1 25 1 42 Maintenance 1 42 MS DOS prompt 1 26 Online Documentation 1 42 Paste 1 42 Pop Up Calendar 1 42 PRO 5 Command 1 26 Start Over 1 42 Workstation Date 1 22 toolbar function screen toolbar 1 42 graphical menus 1 25 U Undo function key 1 37 1 50 pull down menu command 1 37 Up Arrow inquiry command 1 47 report command 1 64 scroll region command 1 40 1 49 User Comments function E 15 screen E 15 Resource Manager User s Manual User Login Activity function 6 49 user s manual conventions 1 11 User Defined Field Setup function 5 25 utilities Applications Options Inquiry E 9 Calculator E 1 Call a BBx Program E 6
17. Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 1 Customer Name 1 Customer Profit 1 Customer Rep 1 Customer Territory 2 Customer Name 2 Customer Profit 2 Customer Rep 2 Customer Territory 3 Customer Name 3 Customer Profit 3 Customer Rep 3 Customer Territory 4 Customer Name 4 Customer Profit 4 Customer Rep 4 Customer Territory 5 Customer Name G 23 Predefined Functions Sub 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 G 24 Type Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Description 5 Customer Profit 5 Customer Rep 5 Customer Territory 6 Customer Name 6 Customer Profit 6 Customer Rep 6 Customer Territory 7 Customer Name 7 Customer Profit 7 Customer Rep 7 Customer Territory 8 Customer Name 8 Customer Profit 8 Customer Rep 8 Customer Territory 9 Customer Name 9 Customer Profit 9 Customer Rep 9 Customer Territory 10 Customer Name 10 Customer Profit Resource Manager User s Manual Predefi
18. B 5 OSCODE B 6 OSCOMP B 6 OSCOPR B 6 OSDE B 6 OSDF B 6 OSER B 7 OSINFO B 7 OSKY B 7 OSMN B 7 OSMNxxx B 8 OSREF TXT B 5 OSRET TXT B 5 OSTD B 8 OSTM B 8 RMCDxxx B 9 RMDEVDEF B 9 RMDRVDEF B 9 RMGIDEF B 10 RMPRNDEF B 10 RMTDxxx B 10 RMTHxxx B 10 RMTXxxx B 10 SUGGEST B 10 xxAPPL TXT B 1 Resource Manager User s Manual xxDATA B 1 xxFILES TXT B 1 xxFRST TXT B 1 xxHELP B 1 xxLABEL TXT B 1 xxLAST TXT B 2 xxMN B 2 xxMSG B 2 xxOI B 2 xxSWCH B 2 xxTB B 2 xxWIND B 2 First Line command function key 1 40 1 49 pull down menu command 1 40 Form Codes function 6 43 Form Printers function 6 45 screen 6 45 6 46 Function help 1 27 function keys Ctrl J 1 37 Ctrl Z 1 37 Del 1 49 Down Arrow 1 36 End 1 50 F1 1 39 F10 1 37 1 50 F2 1 36 1 43 F3 1 36 F5 1 36 F6 1 36 F7 1 37 F9 1 50 Home 1 50 Ins 1 50 Left 1 49 PgDn 1 36 PgUp 1 36 Right 1 49 Shift F3 1 48 Shift F4 1 48 Shift F5 1 48 Shift F6 1 48 Shift F7 1 48 Resource Manager User s Manual Shift F8 1 48 Shift F1 1 39 Shift F10 1 50 Shift F3 1 41 Shift F4 1 41 Shift F5 1 41 Shift F6 1 41 Shift F7 1 41 Shift F8 1 41 Shift F9 1 37 1 50 Up Arrow 1 36 function screens changing colors in text mode 2 5 Functions building H 1 function 8 27 predefined G 1 Functions List function 8 41 sample 8 42 G General Information Inquiry fu
19. Current Due 999 999 999 Invoices 999 999 999 00 999 999 999 00 Balance 31 60 999 999 999 Freight 999 999 999 00 999 999 999 00 61 90 999 999 999 Tax 999 999 999 00 999 999 999 91 120 999 999 999 Mise 999 999 999 999 999 999 121 999 999 999 0 9 0 Qo QN Total 999 999 999 999 999 999 Total Due 999 999 999 Payment History Amt on Hold 999 999 999 Period to Date Year to Date Amt on Tmp Hold 999 999 999 Prepaids 999 999 999 00 999 999 999 00 Amt Released 999 999 999 Discount 999 999 999 00 999 999 999 00 Checks 999 999 999 00 999 999 999 00 Total Vendors 999 999 Discount 999 999 999 999 999 999 Inv on Hold 99 999 Inv on Tmp Hold 99 999 Total 999 999 999 999 999 999 Inv Released 99 999 Fields Used Field ID Description Display Mask APAGE_CU AP Aged Open Invoices Current Due 999 999 999 00 APHINPST AP Detail History Invoice Subtotal 999 999 999 00 APHINYST AP Detail History Invoice Subtotal 999 999 999 00 8 38 Resource Manager User s Manual Field Definitions List Use the Field Definitions List function to produce a list of fields that have been defined You can list each function s ID and description or you can list each function broken down with its types of output A sample list is on page 8 40 Follow these steps to produce the list 1 Select Field Definition List from the EIS Master File Lists menu The Field Definitions List screen appears Field Definitions L
20. Help The xxHELP file stores all the help screens for fields in all the applications When you use the Help F1 command in a different application the information is accessed from this file xxLABEL TXT Label The xxLABEL TXT file stores the application name and copyright information The label information is used to verify that the appropriate installation media is installed and the copyright information is merged into the system copyright file Resource Manager User s Manual B 1 File Descriptions xxLAST TXT Last Program Instructions The xxLAST TXT file stores BB statements that perform special functions after the normal installation of an application xxMN General Menu The xxMN file stores the menu records to be displayed on the screen for a company or an application xxMSG Message The xxMSG file stores the system messages for all applications To view or change system messages for an application use the System Messages function xxOI Options and Interfaces Definition The xxOI file stores records with Option definitions and application links for a single application xxSWCH Options Linkage Instructions The xxSWCH file stores the instructions that apply to a particular application and sets the option switch of another application to the same value xxTB General Table The xxTB file stores information that is relevant to each application For example the general table records contain information
21. It provides the operating environment that holds the other applications Resource Manager also includes three powerful business features Global Inquiry Executive Information Summary EIS and Print Manager With Global Inquiry you can drill through your accounting data to find selected information throughout your system With EIS you can access company information quickly and view summaries of all aspects of a company or a group of companies With Print Manager when you print reports to file your reports can be stored sorted printed and searched for specific text Base Applications Base applications are designed and produced with the largest possible number of industries in mind They are most effective when you interface them with each other Base applications are usually named after common accounting operations Examples are General Ledger Accounts Payable Purchase Order Accounts Receivable Sales Order Payroll and Inventory Resource Manager User s Manual 1 3 Welcome to OSAS Introduction Running OSAS 1 4 OSAS runs on an operating system supported by 150 megabytes of permanent storage and 4MB of RAM You may need additional space or memory depending on the size of your data files and the operating system you use Consult your reseller for more information Starting OSAS in Windows To start OSAS on a computer running Windows double click the OSAS shortcut on the desktop or access the program from the Start
22. Keystart Keywait Initialization Termination Resource Manager User s Manual Description If your terminal has function keys assigned to entry functions for example the termcap entry is assigned to function key 10 select the box or enter Y in text mode if it does not clear the box or enter N in text mode Enter the number of seconds the terminal should wait before processing a group of characters Enter an operating system command that the system executes before using the terminal Enter an operating system command to reset the terminal when the job is finished 2 21 Devices Workstation Configuration Devices Plotters Screen The Devices Plotters screen appears when you add a plotter or edit a plotter line in the devices file Devices Plotters 3 JE xl Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help 2xe 28 Gk Abandon BBx Device Name System Device Name Device Type Device Mode Value Driver Name Lo bb or Slave On Slave Off Initialization Termination use Enter edit Header Done Company 04 03 2003 Terminal TODO OVR Select a command to edit a line return to the header section or return to the devices screen e Press Enter to edit the selected line e Click Header or press to enter a new system device name e Click Done or press D to return t
23. Line 000001 of 000005 Enter edit Append Goto Company 05 25 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Select a command to edit or add form printer lines e Press Enter to edit the current line The Edit Printer screen appears e Press A to add a form printer The Append Printer screen appears e Press G to go to a specific line This command is available only if there is more than one screen of form printers When you are finished adding or editing form printers use the Exit F7 command to close the screen and return to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 45 Form Printers System File Maintenance Append Edit Printers Screen Icixi Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2X te mm 76 og Abandon Form Type pv Taj Company ID H Workstation ID 000 Printer Device ID LPL faj Printer Device Name Windows Default Printer Laser The Append Printers screen appears when you press to add a new form printer The Edit Printers screen appears when you edit a form printer line Other than the name the screens are identical Follow these steps to use the screen to add or edit a form printer 1 If you are adding a new printer select the form type for which you want to set up a default printer If you are editing an existing printer the form type for the selected line on the Form Printers screen appears Inquiry 2 Ifthe form type is company
24. Main Menu The OSMNxxx file stores the menu records displayed on the screen for an application The main menu for a single company is updated when data files are created the main menu is edited or an application is removed from the system OSPRN Application Form Printer The OSPRN file stores form printer information OSTD Temporary config bbx Detail The OSTD file is a temporary file that stores detailed information about a device in the config bbx file This file is built and removed in the Devices function OSTM Temporary config bbx Masier The OSTM file is a temporary file that stores the master list of devices in the config bbx file This file is built and removed in the Devices function OSVAR VAR Information The OSVAR file stores the dealer and support information you enter in the Support Information function PMARCxxx Archive The PMARCxxx file stores archived print jobs PMCLASS Printer Class The PMCLASS file stores the last form class the printer used PMHSTxxx Transaction History The PMHSTxxx file stores transaction history This file is cleared when you use the Purge Transaction History function B 8 Resource Manager User s Manual File Descriptions PMMENxxx Login Activity The PMMENxxx file stores user login activity PMOPTxxx Parameter The PMOPTxxx file stores the parameter defaults you enter in the Parameter Maintenance function PMQUExxx Active The PMQUExxx file stores active pri
25. Prev View Header Goto 01 Company 08 27 2002 Terminal TODO OVR The Tax Locations screen appears when you select Tax Locations from the Application Setup menu Use it to add edit or view tax authorities and accumulated tax amounts from various transactions Refer to the field and command descriptions for more information Resource Manager User s Manual Application Setup Tax Locations Field Definitions Inquiry Maint Inquiry Maint Field Name Tax Location Name Tax Level Tax ID Authority Tax on Tax Liability Acct Tax Refundable Acct Class Description Sales Tax Purch Tax Tax Collected Tax Paid Resource Manager User s Manual Description Enter the ID of the tax location you want to work with Enter the name of the tax location or press Enter to use the current name Enter the tax level of the location Enter the company s tax identification number for the authority or press Enter to use the current tax ID Enter a tax authority or press Enter to use the current tax authority If freight or miscellaneous charges are taxed in this location select the box or enter Y in text mode if not clear the box or enter N in text mode Enter the account number to which you want to post the liability for tax Enter the account number to which you want to post the refundable tax Each tax class and its description appears
26. Report Writer Data Files X Xl XI I lt Company 09 06 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Resource Manager User s Manual 10 3 Printing a Report Reports 10 4 2 Select the range of values to print on the report in the list boxes Leave these fields blank to select all values or enter values into a combination of fields to select specific information to print on the list The Inquiry F2 command is usually available with these list boxes If the screen contains check boxes as in the lower portion of the example screen select the check box or press Y in text mode to print that type of information in the list Clear the check box or press N in text mode if you do not want to print that type of information in the list If the screen contains Sort By options select the option you want to use to sort the report information You can choose only one option Select the output device to begin printing the report See Output the Report on page 1 60 for more information After you product the report the Reports menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual Data File Allocation Report The Data File Allocation Report provides a list of the data files on your system and their sizes Use it to audit the use of disk space Data File Allocation Report 06 09 2002 Builders Supply 9 21 AM Data File Allocation Report Filename Description Filesize Used Action Active Keys Shared Files for AP on OSAS PR
27. Sales 5 Alphanumeric 3 Sales Rep Name 6 Numeric 3 Sales Rep Sales 7 Alphanumeric 4 Sales Rep Name 8 Numeric 4 Sales Rep Sales 9 Alphanumeric 5 Sales Rep Name 10 Numeric 5 Sales Rep Sales 11 Alphanumeric 6 Sales Rep Name 12 Numeric 6 Sales Rep Sales 13 Alphanumeric 7 Sales Rep Name 14 Numeric 7 Sales Rep Sales 15 Alphanumeric 8 Sales Rep Name 16 Numeric 8 Sales Rep Sales 17 Alphanumeric 9 Sales Rep Name Resource Manager User s Manual Predefined Functions 20 Type Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Description 9 Sales Rep Sales 10 Sales Rep Name 10 Sales Rep Sales ARRTOPSY AR Top 10 Sales Reps YTD Sales Totals The ARRTOPSY function returns the names of the sales representatives with the most sales in descending order for the year to date The function also returns the total amount received from sales for each sales representative Setup types Company ID Sub 1 gt IRN Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 1 Sales Rep Name 1 Sales Rep Sales 2 Sales Rep Name 2 Sales Rep Sales 3 Sales Rep Name 3 Sales Rep Sales 4 Sales Rep Name 4 Sales Rep Sales 5 Sales Rep Name 5 Sales Rep Sales 6 Sales Rep Name 6 Sales Rep Sales G 29 Predefined Functions Sub 13 14
28. Support Telephone 800 582 5000 Support Fax 952 403 5870 Internet Address www osas com Contents Introduction Welcome to osas 1 3 Resource Manager Overview 1 7 Conventions 1 11 OSAS Text Menu 1 15 OSAS Graphical Menu 1 19 OSAS Text Functions 1 29 OSAS Graphical Functions 1 35 Menu and Function Commands 1 45 Favorites Menu 1 51 Information Menu 1 53 Reports 1 59 Workstation Configuration Overview 2 3 Colors 2 5 Keyboard 2 7 Devices 2 9 Defaults 2 25 File Types 2 35 Company Setup Company Information 3 3 Data File Creation 3 9 Data File Conversion 3 11 Options and Interfaces 3 15 Access Codes 3 19 Country Codes 3 21 State Codes 3 23 Resource Manager User s Manual Contents Application Setup Tax Classes Tax Locations Tax Groups Sales Tax Report Clear Sales Tax Period Setup Pop Up Calendar Data File Maintenance Backup Restore Application Tables Change File Size View File Contents File Rebuild Verify Purge Data Records Change Fields User Defined Field Setup System File Maintenance Application Information Directories Menus Favorites Menus Inquiry Window Definitions Global Inquiry Definitions Help Screens System Messages Backup Restore Commands Form Codes Form Printers Support Information User Login Activity Field Definitions E Mail Setup 4 3 4 5 4 11 4 15 4 19 4 21 4 23 5 3 5 5 5 7 5 9 5 11 5 15 5 17 5 19 5 25 6 3 6 5 6 7 6 11 6 15 6 1
29. System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and continue with the next definition screen you selected If this is the last definition screen you selected the Global Inquiry Definition screen appears Enter another window ID to maintain or use the Exit F7 command to return to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 27 Global Inquiry Definitions System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Data Columns Screen Global Inquiry Definitions E 5 x Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe OK Abandon Window APHI1 Page 3of4 Col Data Name Type Format Field Start Len Column 1 VEND ID 1 002 001 006 1 2 SHORT NAME 1 010 001 021 8 3 INVOICE NO 1 002 007 008 30 4 INVOICE DATE 3 011 39 5 TEMP QTY PURCH 2 006 006 48 6 TEMP EXT PRICE 2 008 007 63 7 Heading Output Appearance Data Columns ID Description Invoice Date Quantity Ext Price MM DD YY 0000 00 XXXXXX Data Field No 1 Data Name VEND ID Expression Data Type 1 Format Field 2 Stat 1 Length 6 Col No 1 User Mask ref Field Start Length Flds Table Key Test Company 08 28 2002 Terminal TODO OVR Field Definitions Field Name Description Col The column number appears Data Name Type The information for t
30. The percentage of tax for each class appears The amount of tax for purchases for each class appears The amount of tax collected for each class appears The amount of tax paid for each class appears 47 Tax Locations Application Setup Command Bar Definitions Command Enter edit Tax Loc First Last Next Prev View Header Saving and Exiting Description Move the prompt to the tax class you want to edit and press Enter Press T to select a different tax location Press F to go to the first tax location record in the file Press L to go to the last tax location record in the file Press N to go to the next tax location record in the file Press P to go to the previous tax location record in the file Press V to view tax class detail information for this location Press H to return to the top portion of the screen Your changes to tax classes are saved as you enter them To exit to the Application Setup menu use the Exit F7 command 4 8 Resource Manager User s Manual Application Setup Tax Locations Edit Tax Class Screen 2515 Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe BE aa 28 DK Abandon Tax Class 00 Description Consumer Goods Taxable Sales 20107 80 Sales Tax Percent 6 500 Nontaxable Sales 335130 13 Purch Tax Percent 6 500 Tax Collected 1307 00 Refundable Percent 0 000 Expense Acct 806000 aj Taxable Purchases 00 Nontaxable Purchases 00 Tax Paid 00 Ta
31. Txts mmemm e OK Abandon Text Use the functions on this menu to print lists of the fields The Help Text screen appears when you add or edit a line of text on the Help Screens screen Enter or edit the text line then use the Proceed OK command to save your changes and return to the Help Screens screen Resource Manager User s Manual 6 37 System Messages Use the System Messages function to change or add system messages in any application Select System Messages from the System File Maintenance menu The System Messages screen appears System Messages 4 1501 x Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help 2X a 128 Abandon Application IN Line Message 1 Thru value must be greater than from value 3 2 You must use the Append command to enter the first line entry El 3 Customer level already exists Use the Edit function to change values aj 4 Field value already exists Use the Edit function to change values 5 You cannot delete the NONE customer level B Unit of measure has previously been entered 7 This alternate item already exists with the same item type 8 This customer already has an alternate item set up for them 9 This vendor already has an alternate item set up for them 10 You cannot add a location that already exists for this item 11 You cannot append units here Use File Maintenance Items t
32. Write ETE n 2 Enter the workstation ID for which you want to edit the keyboard definition 3 The Copy From field appears if you enter a new workstation ID If you want to copy the keyboard definition from another workstation enter the workstation ID Resource Manager User s Manual 2 7 Keyboard Workstation Configuration 2 8 If you have a multiuser system you can save time when you set up workstations with similar keyboards by copying a keyboard definition to other workstations Enter the workstation ID to which you want to copy the current keyboard definition in the Copy To field and press Enter To copy the keyboard definitions to all workstations enter ALL and press Enter If you are changing key functions on your workstation only press Enter to skip this field The command description type Screen or Edit default control character or escape sequence key label and user label for each command appear in the list To change a key definition select the command for the definition you want to edit and press Enter An asterisk appears next to the key you are changing To change the key assigned to the command press the key you want to use The cursor moves to the User Label field and the label of the key you pressed appears You cannot reassign a key if that key is already in use for another command For example if you want to assign the Delete command to the F6 key you first need to change the key
33. dY dY STS TEUY MOTA Use 9LINAD 00 4330 Nq Av srs amp euy MOTA Use 9NdY42 2E 9PZ SS Asa eng SISATEUY MOTA use 9NAYAI TOOZz Ll TO 3381 Av srsA euy MOTA Use 9ddY42 26 t98 L Hee and aeN 4 STS TEUY MOTA Use 00 5 439m Nq Av srsA euy MOTA Use 26 98 L 439m ang UV srsA euy MOTA use SNdY42 T002 0T T0 S son 3381 Av sTS TSUY MOTA use sddY42 00 and aeN 4 SIS TEUY MOTA Use PLINAD 00 P yes eng dv STS TSUY MOTA Use bNdY42 00 P yaan Nq srsA euy MOTA use pNAYAI TO0Z E0 TO P 3981 Av sTS TEUY MOTA Use PddY42 28 P89 ZE 433 Nq dY uv stsATeuy MOTA Use ELINAD 00 6 6 T 485m eng dY srs amp euy MOTA use tNdY42 8 29 9 439m end UV srsA euy MOTA use ENdY42 O00Z LZ ZT 3981 Av SIS TEUY MOTA Use ddY42 06 T08 8E 499 and ION 4 STSATSUY MOTA Use 21 2 OT 30L4 82T zZ 485m eng dv SISATEUY MOTA use zNdY42 02 906 68 2 eng UV sTS TSUY MOTA use zmiwad 0002 02 21 2 son 3281 Av SIS TEUY MOTA Use ZddvdI ZL z8l eTs and 4 srsA euy MOTA Use TIZN4O 00 T ang dv srsA euy MOTA Use TNdY42 ZL z81 6Ts T 439M eng UV srsA euy MOTA use TINdY42 000Z ET ZT T 3981 Av SIS TEUY MOTA Use TddY42 LS LEZ GPT amp ang dY dY srs amp e
34. select the appropriate option and press Enter e Press F7 to exit the screen and return to the main menu Text Function Screen Elements Command Line The command line appears at the bottom of the screen and gives you access to commands that allow you to move around the screen add or edit information change settings for selected lines or select output devices Press the highlighted key to use a command Enter edit Append View Workstation ID Header The commands that are available depend upon the function you are using Consult the user s manual for the appropriate application for information on commands in the command line Commands and Flags Like the text menu text function screens also contain several commands that allow you to perform tasks related to the function you are using Some of these commands are not available for every function when a command is available a flag appears at the bottom of the screen 1 30 Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Text Functions To access a command press the corresponding key If you re working with a keyboard that lacks function keys labeled with an F followed by a number or if you re working with an emulator in UNIX which can cause function keys to become unavailable press the appropriate alternate key combination to access the command Command Alternate Key Key Description Enter Moves the cursor to the next field and accepts the data entered or ac
35. system files are stored or enter a different path as needed Press Enter if the current directory is where the data dictionary files are stored or change the path as needed Press Enter if the current directory contains the sample data files or enter a different path as needed Enter the name of the directory where your BASIC utility files are stored if you need them The screens for the graphical version of OSAS are stored in data files called Basic Resource Control BRC files Press Enter if the current directory is where these files are stored or enter a different path as needed Resource Manager User s Manual Menus Use the Menus function to change the OSAS main menu or the menus for any application that is installed for the selected company You can change the order of the selections on the menu add descriptive information to a menu or add other BB compatible programs to a menu To produce a list of the information entered on the Menus screen use the Menu List function on the Master File Lists menu Select Menus from the System File Maintenance menu The Menus screen appears 21515 Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help 2x telma g Gk Abandon Application Jac aj Menu 6204 aj Title File Maintenance Line Description Type Program Param Account Mask 3 GLACM Account Segments Account Types GL Accounts Account Budgets Copy Chart of Accounts Allocations Recurring Entries Tables
36. you enter the lot number you can use the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search Searches for an item based on serial number When you enter the serial number you can use the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search Searches for an item based on item description When you enter the description you can use the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction Menu and Function Commands Scroll Region Commands When the prompt gt is in a line item scroll region you can use the following commands The buttons are available only in graphical mode Hot Key Button Home z Page Up g Up aj Down y Page Down y End Insert Enter Operation Moves to the first line item in the entire list Moves to the previous screen or to the first line if you are on the first screen Moves up one line item Moves down one line item Moves to the next screen or to the last line if you are on the last screen Moves to the last line item in the entire list Deletes the line item in the selected line Inserts a line item at the selected line Edits or views the line item in the selected line In Field Editing Commands When the cursor is in a field that contains information you can use the following commands Hot Key Right Left Delete Resource Manager User s Manual Description Moves the cursor to
37. 15 16 17 18 19 20 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Description 7 Sales Rep Name 7 Sales Rep Sales 8 Sales Rep Name 8 Sales Rep Sales 9 Sales Rep Name 9 Sales Rep Sales 10 Sales Rep Name 10 Sales Rep Sales ARSALE Accounts Receivable Transaction File Sales Totals The ARSALE function returns the amount from sales transactions and the costs of the transactions Setup types Company ID Sub 1 G 30 Type Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Description Invoice Totals Credit Memo Totals Invoice Cost Totals Credit Memo Cost Totals Resource Manager User s Manual Predefined Functions ARTRAN AR Transaction File Invoice Totals The ARTRAN function returns the totals from unposted invoices and miscellaneous credits in the Transaction file Setup types Company ID Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric Description Invoice Totals Credit Memo Totals Invoice Cost Totals Credit Memo Cost Totals BRBANK BR Bank Accounts File Totals The BRBANK function returns the bank balance Setup types Company ID Bank Accts Sub Type 1 Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description Bank Balance G 31 Predefined Functions BRJDAY BR Journal File Daily Totals The BRJDAY function returns for a particular day the amount of money you deposited in the bank accounts the amount you wi
38. 9 Item ID 9 Item Description 9 Item Sales 9 Item Quantity 10 Item ID 10 Item Description 10 Item Sales 10 Item Quantity INVTOPPY Inventory Top 10 Items YTD Profit Totals The INVTOPPY function returns the 10 most profitable items from inventory for the year the ID and description the amount taken in from sales and the quantity sold Setup types Company ID Warehouse ID Item Number Sub 1 Type Alphanumeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 1 Item ID G 37 Predefined Functions G 38 Sub S 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Description 1 Item Description 1 Item Sales 1 Item Quantity 2 Item ID 2 Item Description 2 Item Sales 2 Item Quantity 3 Item ID 3 Item Description 3 Item Sales 3 Item Quantity 4 Item ID 4 Item Description 4 Item Sales 4 Item Quantity 5 Item ID 5 Item Description 5 Item Sales 5 Item Quantity 6 Item ID 6 Item Description Resource Manager User s Manual Predefined Functions Sub 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Type Numeric Nu
39. Customer Territory 7 Customer Name 7 Customer Profit 7 Customer Rep 7 Customer Territory 8 Customer Name 8 Customer Profit 8 Customer Rep 8 Customer Territory 9 Customer Name 9 Customer Profit Predefined Functions Predefined Functions Sub 35 36 37 38 39 40 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Description 9 Customer Rep 9 Customer Territory 10 Customer Name 10 Customer Profit 10 Customer Rep 10 Customer Territory ARCTOPPP AR Top 10 Customers PTD Profit Totals The ARCTOPPP function returns the customers that provided the most profit for the period to date in descending order the profit the customer representative and the territory associated with the customer Setup types Company ID Sub 1 G 14 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Description 1 Customer Name 1 Customer Profit 1 Customer Rep 1 Customer Territory 2 Customer Name 2 Customer Profit 2 Customer Rep 2 Customer Territory 3 Customer Name Resource Manager User s Manual Type Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanume
40. EIS Dashboard menu The Cash Requirements Forecast dashboard appears and lists cash balances and inflow and outflow projections Cash Requirements Forecast Commands Edit Modes Other EIS Functions Help g ges Cash on Hand Cash on Deposit 5 040 66 Beginning Cash Balance 5 140 66 Period to Date Posted 00 Period to Date Unposted 964 50 Current Cash Balance 6 105 16 Cash Flow Projections Cash Inflow Cash Outflow Net Due Today 12 15 1995 796 999 06 529 686 82 267 312 24 Week Ending 12 22 1995 80 911 85 17 080 84 63 831 01 Week Ending 12 29 1995 46 623 83 13 939 00 32 684 83 Week Ending 01 05 1996 00 00 00 Week Ending 01 12 1996 82 110 24 00 82 110 24 Week Ending 01 19 1996 52 706 21 00 52 706 21 Week Ending 01 26 1996 30 713 33 00 30 713 33 Futures 00 00 00 Projected Ending Cash Balance 534 498 52 Company 08 06 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Use the commands to refresh the data or view more detailed information See Commands on page 7 3 for more information Press F7 to exit the dashboard and return to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 7 7 Daily Statistics The Daily Statistics dashboard provides current data on sales purchases cash receipts and checks produced Select Daily Statistics from the EIS Dashboard menu The Daily Statistics dashboard appears and lists amounts resulting from today s transactions LI ee 2519 Commands E
41. Goods Received File Invoiced Received File Invoice Totals File AP DISTRIBUTION AP Distribution Code APVEX AP TERMS CODE APRHx APRLx APTDx APTHx APVEX POOHx POORx AP VENDOR APCHx APCHx APHCx APHIx APHSx APINx APIXx APRHx APRLx APTDx APTHx APVCx ID AP Vendor File AP Terms Code Recurring Header File Recurring Line Items Transaction Line Items Transaction Headers AP Vendor File PO Order Header File PO Open Order File AP Vendor ID Checks File Checks File Check History File Purchase History File Summary History File AP Open Invoice File AP Open Invoice Add l Info Fil Recurring Header File Recurring Line Items Transaction Line Items AP AP AP AP AP Transaction Headers AP Vendor Comments File Builders Supply Field List Master File File Description Field Number Field Start Field Length AP Batch Control File 3 1 1 Distribution Codes File 5 60 Terms Code File 17 17 43 43 54 1 1 AP Vendor File Resource Manager User s Manual Field Number Record Test Field Start Page Field Length Record Test Field Value 6 1 1 P 2 1 1 k 11 29 System Messages XXCNVT LOG Error Log exists Press Any Key to continue The files you are trying to convert for an application have already been converted If you must convert the files again use the operating system commands to erase the specified file first Access code faccesscode already exists
42. ID 5 ACE BUILDERS Ref ID End Date FIR Date Ref Comment 06 15 2002 003 SPOKE WITH JON RE EMAIL CONF AND ORDER TRACKING zj PLEASE NOTIFY JANE OF ANY SHORT SHIPMENTS a TRACER PUT ON LAST SHIPMENT aj ACE AGREED TO PAY 3000 ON 2 1 PLEASE NOTIFY JANE AT ACE WHEN ITEM IS MAILED CALLED CUSTOMER ABOUT PAST DUE BALANCE Y ij zj Ref ID end Date new ID Append Enter edit First Next Prev Last Goto Company 10 08 2002 Terminal T000 OVR 1 Enter the ID for which you want to view or enter comments in the ID field at the top of the screen The Inquiry F2 command is available 2 The ID of the terminal you are working at appears in the Ref ID field To work with comments for only the default reference ID press Enter To work with comments for a different reference ID enter that ID To work with all comments clear this field and press Enter 3 Enter the date of the most recent comment you want to work with in the End Date field or press Enter to work with all comments 1 54 Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction Information Menu The date reference and text that appear for each comment depend on the reference ID and end date you enter The comments are arranged by date the most recent date first then by reference ID 4 Use these commands to work with the comments on the screen e Press R to return to the Ref ID field to enter a new reference ID e Press D to return to the End Da
43. If an error message appears you may have to exit from OSAS before you can execute any more operating system commands 4 Use the Exit F7 command to return to the field from which you activated the Other Commands menu CALL a BBx Program From any field you can call any BB program that does not require variables to be passed to it Follow these steps to call a BBx program 1 Select Calla BBx Program from the Other Commands menu 2 Enter the program you want to call E 6 Resource Manager User s Manual Other Commands 3 Enter the parameter if any for the program 4 Use the Proceed OK command to start the program 5 Press Enter to return to the field from which you accessed the Other Commands menu Resource Manager User s Manual E 7 Other Commands Product Suggestions From any field you can make edit and save suggestions for improving the product If you have a suggestion fax or mail it to Open Systems Select Product Suggestions from the Other Commands menu This screen appears Product Suggestions 5 xl Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2X OK Abandon Suggestion 0001 aj Status Not printed Last Modified 0970672002 Application RM Version 6 50 Menu Item Devices Description Consider adding support for handheld scanners and PDAs as input devices Company 09 06 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Field Definitions Field De
44. Inquiry Definition screen appears Enter another window ID to maintain or use the Exit F7 command to return to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 23 Global Inquiry Definitions System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Summary Fields Screen Global Inquiry Definitions d 101 xl Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2x BG OK Abandon Window APHI1 Page 2of4 7 Fld Data Name Type Description Format Field Start Len Row Col ITEM ID 1 Item ID 003 001 020 01205 INLD LAST PUR D 3 Last Purch Date 003 001 026 01 52 TEMP DESCRIPTIO 1 Description 004 001 035 02701 3 Last Purch Rtn 003 001 026 02 53 1 2 3 4 INLD LAST PUR R 5 6 7 Heading Output Appearance Summary Fields Item ID XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Last Purch Date MM DD YY Last Purch Rtn MM DD YY Description Summary Field No 1 Data Name ITEM ID Expression Label Item ID DataType 1 Format Field 3 Start 1 Length 20 Row Col 105 User Mask ref Field Start Length Fids Table Key Test Company 08 28 2002 Terminal TODO OVR Field Definitions Field Name Description Fld The field number appears Data Name Type The information for the defined summary fields Description Format appears Field Start Len To change the information use the Jump command Row Col to select the correct summary field and change the information using the fields below
45. Manual Company Summary The Company Summary dashboard provides a snapshot of key financial information Select Company Summary from the EIS Dashboards menu The Company Summary dashboard appears and lists sales gross profit and other related amounts resulting from the company s transactions Company Summary Commands Edit Modes Other EIS Functions 2x g Sales Actual Budget Variance Gross Profit Actual Budget Variance Cash Balance AR Balance Quick Ratio Current Ratio Debt Equity Daily 26 153 86 7 585 03 15 839 28 11 083 28 4 756 00 33 802 32 730 768 05 Actual Target 1 05 1 2 20 1 5 05 1 10 00 1 0 79 1 0 75 1 Monthly 45 577 69 810 769 65 765 191 96 20 743 14 343 581 54 322 838 40 Inventory Value AP Balance Time Tickets Unshipped Orders Shipped Orders Retumed Orders Yearly 9 648 015 97 10 524 454 23 876 438 26 4 310 240 51 4 581 033 90 270 793 39 1 263 034 34 499 326 93 00 00 123 567 83 00 Use the commands to refresh the data or view more detailed information See Company 09 06 2002 Terminal TODO OVR Commands on page 7 3 for more information Press F7 to exit the dashboard and return to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual Cash Requirements Forecast The Cash Requirements Forecast dashboard displays cash flow projections Select Cash Requirements Forecast from the
46. Manual Data File Creation function 3 9 Defaults changing 2 25 function 2 25 Del function key 1 49 Delete function key 1 36 pull down menu command 1 36 tool button 1 42 delete information on a screen 1 36 line item 1 40 1 49 Delete character function key 1 49 Delete Line command function key 1 40 1 49 pull down menu command 1 40 Delete to End of Line function key 1 50 Depreciation Tables List list 5 13 5 23 Description Inventory Lookup function key 1 41 1 48 pull down menu command 1 41 deselect defined 1 12 Detail Inventory Lookup function key 1 41 Devices adding 2 11 Append Line screen 2 24 editing 2 11 function 2 9 Other screen 2 24 Plotters screen 2 22 Printers screen 2 12 sysprint defaults 2 17 Terminals screen 2 19 Directories function 6 5 Documents 1 57 File Types 1 57 opening 1 58 viewing 1 58 double click Resource Manager User s Manual defined 1 11 Down Arrow inquiry command 1 47 report command 1 64 scroll region command 1 40 1 49 E edit line item 1 49 Edit Line window Tax Locations 4 9 editing comments 1 56 devices 2 11 EIS defined 1 3 EIS Dashboard function 8 3 EIS Dashboard Editor function 8 33 EIS Dashboard History Report function 8 9 sample 8 11 EIS Dashboard Report function 8 7 sample 8 8 e mail launching e mail software 2 25 problems sending in UNIX 2 26 6 57 E Mail History Purge function 10 15 E Mail History Report fu
47. Posted Prepaid Posted Total SOORDERS SO Orders File Totals The SOORDERS function returns counts and total by order status from the Sales Order Transaction file Setup types Company ID Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description New Orders Total New Orders Count Picked Orders Total Picked Orders Count G 49 Predefined Functions Sub IRN 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 G 50 Type Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Description Verified Orders Total Verified Orders Count Invoiced Orders Total Invoiced Orders Count Backordered Orders Total Backordered Orders Count Quoted Orders Total Quoted Orders Count Returned Orders Total Returned Orders Count All Orders Total All Orders Count Unshipped New and Picked Cost Total Shipped Verified and Invoiced Cost Total Backordered Cost Total Quoted Cost Total Returned Cost Total Total Cost Resource Manager User s Manual Predefined Functions TDAYS PD Total Days in Current Period The TDAYS PD function returns the number of calendar days and working days in the current period Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Total Days in Current Period 2 Numeric Working Days in Current Period Resource Manager User s Manua
48. Printer Dot Matrix LINES 66 SPCOLS alias PDD sysprint Print Dialog Dot Matriz LINES 66 SPCOLS 80 CPCOLS 1 alias PSD sysprint Print Setup Dot Matrix LINES 66 SPCOLS 80 CPCOLS 13 alias LPW sysprint Windows Default Printer Wide Carriage LINES 66 SPCO alias PDW sysprint Print Dialog Wide Carriage Dot Matrix LINES 66 SPCO alias PSW sysprint Print Setup Wide Carriage Dot Matrix LINES 66 SPCOL alias TODO syswindow Enter edit Append Write Company 08 21 2002 Terminal TODO OVR Use this screen to edit a line in the devices file add a new device to the system or write your changes to the devices file 2 10 Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration Devices Edit a Device Line To edit a line in the devices file select the line you want to edit and press Enter The appropriate screen for that device appears where you can make changes to the device information See the corresponding screen description for more details Add a New Device To add a new device to the system click Add or press A The following screen appears 251 Commands Edit Modes Other Help xts mE 70 o Abandon Config bbx Line Type Terminal C Printer C Graphics Plotter C Other Select the type of device you want to add and click OK or press Enter The appropriate screen for that device appears where you can enter information about the device you are adding See the
49. Restore Commands List Application Information List Company Information List Help Screens List Inquiry Window Definitions List Global Inquiry Window List Tables List Country Codes List Tax Locations List Tax Groups List Options and Interfaces List Field List Resource Manager User s Manual 11 3 11 5 11 7 11 9 11 11 11 13 11 15 11 17 11 19 11 21 11 23 11 25 11 27 11 29 11 1 Printing a Master File List You produce all master file lists in the same way Use the instructions below to print a master file list modifying the procedure as necessary for the list you are printing For example if the screen for the list you want to print does not contain check box options ignore that step and continue to the next Follow these steps to print a master list Select the list you want to print from the Master File Lists menu The selection screen for that list appears The Tax Locations screen is shown below as an example 1513 Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe be OK Abandon Tax Authority From CA Thru MN TaxLocation From Thru TXHOUS aj le Print By Tax Location C Tax Authority Print Sales Purchases Zero Balance Tax Classes E Zero Balance Tax Locations Company 08 29 2002 Terminal TODO OVR Select the range of values to print on the report in the list boxes Leave these fields blank to select all values or enter values into a
50. The POORDERS function returns the transaction counts and totals by order status from the Purchase Order Transaction file Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric New Orders Count 2 Numeric New Orders Total 3 Numeric Printed Orders Count 4 Numeric Printed Orders Total Resource Manager User s Manual G 47 Predefined Functions G 48 Sub Type Description 5 Numeric Goods Received Orders Count 6 Numeric Goods Received Orders Total 7 Numeric Invoiced Orders Count 8 Numeric Invoiced Orders Total 9 Numeric Returned Orders Count 10 Numeric Returned Orders Total 11 Numeric Returned w Debit Memo Orders Count 12 Numeric Returned w Debit Memo Orders Total 13 Numeric Cancelled Orders Count 14 Numeric Cancelled Orders Total 15 Numeric All Orders Count 16 Numeric All Orders Total PORECINV PO Receipts and Invoices File Totals The PORECINV function returns the posted and unposted total from receipts and invoices Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Current Subtotal 2 Numeric Current Sales Tax 3 Numeric Current Freight Resource Manager User s Manual Predefined Functions Sub Type 4 Numeric 5 Numeric 6 Numeric 7 Numeric 8 Numeric 9 Numeric 10 Numeric 11 Numeric 12 Numeric 13 Numeric 14 Numeric Description Current Miscellaneous Current Discount Current Prepaid Current Total Posted Subtotal Posted Sales Tax Posted Freight Posted Miscellaneous Posted Discount
51. Thru range Lines 4000 4199 This area is used to write each calculated value received from lines 2000 3999 to the EIVAL file Each value is placed in the array TOT VALUES during calculation Do not modify this area Lines 4200 4599 This area is used to return error codes to the EIVAL file when a problem occurs in the function Do not modify this area Line 5000 5199 This area is called by lines 1000 1399 to read a setup record of type 1 company IDs and add the ID to the variable CO It continues adding IDs to CO as long as it finds a valid type setup record Do not modify this area Line 5200 5399 This area reads a setup record for a particular type The type is specified by the variable TYPE The last valid record found for this type is stored in the variable SEQ TYPE This variable is needed to allow the next setup record read to point to the correct starting location for this type After a setup record is read the From and Thru values are placed in the variables FR TYPE and TH TYPE respectively If no more setup records for this type are found the Boolean variable DONE is set to 1 Do not modify this area Line 9300 9399 GENLOCK General Record Lock Routine See the Development Standards manual for an explanation of this routine Resource Manager User s Manual Compatibility Matrix Compatibility helps keep OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software files fully compatible across platforms and cooperative on a
52. WINDOWS INC 77 434 24 7 JOHNSON DOOR COMPANY INC 52 539 09 8 PLASTICS METAL FABRICATORS 18 208 15 9 MILLWORK LUMBER CABINETS 11 203 14 10 HENNEPIN MUNICIPAL UTILITIES 5 830 00 Company 08 06 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Use the commands to refresh the data or view more detailed information See Commands on page 7 3 for more information Press F7 to exit the dashboard and return to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 7 21 Executive Information Summary EIS Dashboard Display EIS Reports Dashboard Dashboard History Field History EIS Periodic Maintenance Global Dashboard Update Purge Dashboard History EIS File Maintenance Field Definitions Setup Functions Access Codes Dashboard Editor EIS Master File List Screen Definitions List Field Definitions List Functions List Setup Definitions List Resource Manager User s Manual 8 3 8 7 8 9 8 13 8 15 8 17 8 19 8 23 8 27 8 31 8 33 8 37 8 39 8 41 8 43 8 1 EIS Dashboard Display An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields and associated values Normally the EIS Dashboard shows related fields Use the EIS Dashboard Display function to do several tasks Refresh the values of fields on a screen in case another user on a network recalculates the fields while you are viewing the dashboard e Recalculate the value of a field or of all fields on a screen e Set up initial parameters that
53. You cannot have two access codes that are the same Enter a different access code Access for file maintenance denied You are not authorized to use the Maintenance F6 function you are trying to work with Access Name accesscode Not On File The name you entered is not on file Enter a name that is on file or use the Inquiry F2 command to look up and select a name You must use the Access Codes function in Resource Manager to define an access code see page 3 19 Access to item Denied Your access to the field function or command you are trying to use is restricted If you have clearance to use it enter your access code first Resource Manager User s Manual A 1 System Messages References All form classes must match on batch selected jobs Form class cannot be changed on a batch selection If selected form class doesn t match printer form class job will not print Selected jobs will not print if the form class doesn t match the printer s current form class In Print Manager all the jobs you select to print in a batch must have the same form class Select print jobs with the same form class or print one job at a time if print jobs have different form classes A driver file name must be supplied when using Device Type doscon The terminal you are trying to set up requires a value in the driver file name field Alpha Characters Not Allowed with Numeric Field Mask You cannot use letters in a math formula for a
54. a user uses an alternate program for these file extensions for example if you use Wordpad instead of Word to open files with a DOC extension or if you use a PDF viewer other than Adobe Acrobat Reader Resource Manager User s Manual 2 35 File Types Workstation Configuration Follow these steps to set up file types 1 Select File Types from the Workstation Configuration menu The File Types screen appears 2515 Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help xts mmmu e OK Abandon Workstation Tooo aj DeautStat Program Name winword exe FTHJ FIL psp exe PTH FIL write exe PTH FIL Lo bb DE Enter edit Append View Workstation ID Header Goto Company 08 28 2002 Terminal TODO OVR 2 Select the workstation ID 3 Inthe Default Start field enter start or the full path and script name followed by PTH FIL An example of this entry for Linux UNIX machines is the following usr bin runpgms PTH FIL 4 Press Enter to exit the header 2 36 Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration File Types 5 If you have not defined any file types the Append File Types dialog box appears 2819 Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe re mml g OK Abandon Ext DOC Program winword exe PTHYFIL Path D Program Files Microsoft Office 2k Office Enter the
55. about all the vendors But if you enter invoice 100 in the Invoice Number From and Thru fields and invoice 100 is assigned only to vendor ACE001 the report includes information only about vendor Information for reports is sorted first by a space _ then by special characters then by digits then by uppercase letters and finally by lowercase letters No matter what you enter in the From and Thru fields however your entries are sorted in alphabetical order unless the function provides an option to sort the information differently Sorting by alphabetical codes or IDs is easy For example the ID ACL comes before the ID BB because A comes before B Resource Manager User s Manual 1 59 Reports Introduction Use caution when you enter codes or IDs consisting of characters other than letters the order might not be what you expect For example if 20 items are labeled 1 through 20 and all are included in a report you might enter 1 at From and 20 at Thru expecting them to be listed 1 2 3 19 20 However since OSAS sorts in alphabetical order the numbers are listed in this order 1 10 19 2 20 In this example numbers 3 9 are not included in the sort since they fall after 20 in an alphabetical sort To prevent this situation pad extra spaces in codes and IDs with zeros so that numbers in alphabetical order are also in numerical order In the example above the items would be labeled 000001 through 000020
56. again using the format shown in the message Invalid device ID The device ID you entered is not valid When you set up a terminal ID it must begin with the letter T when you set up a printer ID it must begin with the letter P or L and when you set up a plotter ID it must begin with the letter D Invalid Element element In Field fieldID Invalid Function Number number In Field ffieldID The formula has an invalid element or function number Invalid entry The information you entered is not valid Enter the data correctly Invalid Time The format is hh mm Invalid version number please enter again The version number you entered is not valid Enter a different version number Invalid workstation ID The system does not recognize the workstation ID you entered Enter a different ID Mask format error use mask The data you entered does not fit the format for the field Enter the data again using the format shown in the message Math expression does not contain matching parentheses The data name you chose is invalid in this window definition A 10 Resource Manager User s Manual References System Messages Move to New Location and Press Enter Move the cursor to the spot on the EIS Dashboard where you want the left edge of the field to appear and press Enter Memo accounts are not allowed The GL account you entered cannot be set up as a memo account in General Ledger Must build CNVT xxx table to
57. any date Displays information about the field you are in Opens your PDF file viewer so that you can view the online documentation Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Graphical Functions Right Click Menu Online Documentation Proceed Start Over Field Up Field Down Abandon Delete Jump Exit The right click menu gives you quick access to commonly used commands such as those used to access help move around the function screen work with information on EIS dashboards and so on The commands that are available on the right click menu depend on the function and the field you are currently using Function Field Inquiry When the Inquiry button appears next field function screen you either click the 9 button or press the F2 Inquiry key to open the inquiry screen and search for information Verification Buttons OK Abandon When you ve completed data entry on a function screen you can either click OK or press PgDn to proceed to the next screen or to save your entries Click Abandon or press F5 to abandon entries Resource Manager User s Manual 1 43 Menu and Function Commands OSAS lets you navigate around the main menu and function screens in a variety of ways This section describes the commands that are available when you access a specific command For example accessing the Help command makes the Maintenance and Exit commands available whil
58. assigned to the Maintenance command then assign F6 to the Delete command To change the key s description enter the user label you want to appear when you are prompted for a command response in the User Label field and press Enter Press Enter if you do not want to change the default entry To change the definition for another key use the arrow keys to select the command you want to change and press Enter then repeat steps 6 and 7 Press W to write your changes to the keyboard definition file and return to the main menu To close the screen without saving press F7 and enter N if the system prompts you to write changes Resource Manager User s Manual Devices Screens Use the Devices function to set up the terminals printers Windows graphic devices and other graphics devices such as plotters you use on your system If you have a multiuser system you can also specify whether a device is local used by only one workstation or shared by all workstations The Configuration Backup dialog box appears when you access the function before you re allowed to make any changes to device settings 2515 Commands Edit Modes Other Help AXE g OK Abandon File Name C 0SAS65 progRM config bak To save a backup copy of your current settings enter a new file name such as 802cnfig bak If you don t need a backup copy leave the file name as is the system erases the old file and overwrites it
59. between the menu styles from any menu You can use any of the menus regardless of whether you use the text or graphical modes for the OSAS functions In addition if you are using Windows you can use either text or graphical function screens independently of the main menu For example you can use text function screens even if you are using the graphical main menu and vice versa Select GUI Functions from the Modes menu or press Shift F6 to toggle between the text and graphical modes for function screens 1 12 Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction Conventions Access Codes Your company can limit use of the system by defining access codes and assigning them to employees Each code allows access to specific applications menus and functions If you cannot select a menu your access code is not authorized for it Use the Access Codes function on the Resource Manager Company Setup menu to set up access codes If you have more than one access code select Access code from the File menu or press F4 The Access Code box appears the example below uses the graphical mode Enter the access code you want to change to then click OK or press Enter Workstation Dates To change the workstation date select Workstation date from the File menu or press F6 The Workstation Date box appears the example below uses the graphical mode 2 set Workstation Date OK 14 2002 j System Date Abandon Exit Use the button
60. characters between pre existing entries in a field Deletes the selected characters Moves the cursor to the next section of the screen in some functions Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Graphical Functions Inventory Lookups Menu Commands Edit Modes Other Inventory Lookups Information Help NE BG mE Alias Lookup lt Shift F3 gt Customer Vendor Lookup lt Shift F4 gt Detail Lookup lt Shift F5 gt Lot Lookup lt Shift F6 gt Serial Lookup lt Shift F7 gt Description Lookup lt Shift F8 gt If you use the Inventory application and the cursor is in an Item ID field you can use any of the Inventory Lookups commands to search for information about items and select an item for entry in the field you are in Command Alias Lookup Customer Vendor Lookup Detail Lookup Lot Lookup Serial Lookup Description Lookup Resource Manager User s Manual Description Searches for items with a specified alias listed as an alternate item When you enter the alias you can use the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search Searches for an item based on customer ID or vendor ID When you enter the customer or vendor ID you can use the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search Searches for detailed information about an item You can enter search information in any of the fields that appear using any of the following wildcard characters to restr
61. continuous forms with a sysprint device why is there an extra form feed after the alignment mark When you print to a spooled printer Windows automatically generates a form feed Printing an alignment mark requires opening and closing the printer which triggers a form feed through Windows Turn the alignment marks off through the Form Codes function in Resource Manager If you want to print direct without the form feed you need to set up a device in OSAS that will print to the local port for example dev Itp1 for Windows 95 98 and Ipt for Windows NT and the windows print driver needs to print directly to the port Resource Manager User s Manual C 1 Common Questions What s the best way to make changes to my CONFIG BBX file The Resource Manager Devices function is designed so that the ALIAS parameters and STBLEN values are automatically adjusted for you Why do my laser forms not align Printers have different drivers that cause forms to align differently See Appendix D for more information about aligning laser forms When I choose a sysprint printer illegible characters are printed What can I do Try changing the FONT setting for the printer in the CONFIG bbx file Under the Devices menu see page 2 9 and select YES to overwrite Select the appropriate printer and enter Courier New including the quote marks Save you changes and test your printer If Courier New does not fix the output problem try other fonts The
62. corresponding screen description for more details Write Device Information to a File To write your changes to the devices file press W To exit the function without saving any changes press F7 Resource Manager User s Manual 2 11 Devices Workstation Configuration Devices Printers Screen The Devices Printers screen appears when you add a printer or edit a printer line in the devices file Devices Printers 104 xl Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help OK Abanden BBx Device Name LPL aj System Device Name sysprint 5 Device Type Windows Default Printer Laser 9 Device Mode Value Lines Per Page 63 Standard Cols 80 Compress Cols 132 Top Margin Left Margin Font Setup Dialog Lo p Lor Ud tual a Enter edit Header Done Company 08 21 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Select a command to edit a line return to the header section or return to the devices screen e Press Enter to edit the selected line e Click Header or press to enter a new system device name e Click Done or press D to return to the Devices screen 2 12 Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration Devices Field Definitions When you add or edit a printer you must specify the BBx device name the system device name and the type of device in the screen s header section Field Name
63. determine which values appear on the screen e Change a fields s definition e View detailed information about a field the field ID description and mask the last updated time date and user and the status of the field e Configure or edit the screen s definition e Load a new EIS Dashboard e Load an EIS Dashboard that was saved in history Resource Manager User s Manual 8 3 EIS Dashboard Display Executive Information Summary Select EIS Dashboard Display from the Executive Information Summary menu A generic EIS dashboard appears Company Summary Commands Edit Modes Other EIS Functions Help 2xe re mal g at Sales Daily Monthly Yearly Actual 45 577 69 9 648 015 97 Budget 26 153 86 810 769 65 10 524 454 23 Variance 7 585 03 765 191 96 876 438 26 Gross Profit Actual 15 839 28 20 743 14 4 310 240 51 Budget 11 083 28 343 581 54 4 581 033 90 Variance 4 756 00 322 838 40 270 793 39 Cash Balance 33 802 32 Inventory Value 1 263 034 34 AR Balance 790 768 05 AP Balance 499 326 93 Time Tickets 00 Actual Target Quick Ratio 1 05 1 2 20 1 Unshipped Orders 00 Current Ratio 5 051 10 00 1 Shipped Orders 123 567 83 Debt Equity 0 79 1 0 75 1 Returned Orders 00 Company 08 05 2002 Terminal T000 OVR You can customize the EIS Dashboard producing many combinations of screen layouts Refer to the command definitions for information on the commands you can use to customize the dashbo
64. enter A If you use graphical mode only never use compressed print for screen printing or if your workstation does not support it enter I Online Help If you want the function keys and the functions they represent to appear at the bottom of the screen in text mode enter A if not enter I Banner Page If you want to print a banner page that shows the pick screen of each report enter A if not enter I Favorites If you want to start OSAS using the Favorites menu enter A if you want to start OSAS using the main menu enter I 2 28 Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration Defaults Field Name Alt Sorts Description If you want to begin in Sort mode when using an Inquiry window enter A if you want to begin in Search mode enter I The next five options are available only on Windows workstations Field Name GUI Functions Menu Style Delay Value Scale Screens Resource Manager User s Manual Description If you want to use Windows graphical screens enter A If you want to use the text screens enter I You can change modes at the menu by pressing Shift F6 Enter one of these options for the type of menu you want to use on this workstation T text menu G graphical panelled menu S start style graphical menu If you chose the Start style graphical menu the delay value is used to regulate how quickly the menu responds to mouse movements The default delay value
65. fields In sales tax fields pressing this key combination allows you to view sales tax breakdowns Uses the customer vendor part number lookup when the IN Search flag appears for an Item ID field See Inventory Lookup on page 1 48 for more information Uses the item detail lookup when the IN Search flag appears for an Item ID field See Inventory Lookup on page 1 48 for more information Uses the lot lookup when the IN Search flag appears for an Item ID field See Inventory Lookup on page 1 48 for more information Uses the serial number lookup when the IN Search flag appears for an Item ID field See Inventory Lookup on page 1 48 for more information Uses the item description lookup when the IN Search flag appears for an Item ID field See Inventory Lookup on page 1 48 for more information 1 33 OSAS Text Functions Introduction Command Alternate Key Key Description Ctrl F Toggles quick entry on and off If this option is Quick off the cursor stops at every field possible If you Entry want to skip the fields that are not required thus speeding data entry turn this option on Quick entry is on when the Quick flag appears at the bottom of the screen Ctrl G Toggles the bell on or off If the bell is on it Bell sounds at an error or when you must verify a command Ctrl 0 Toggles function key display on and off If this Online option is on the available function keys appe
66. files and purge data records System File Maintenance Use the System File Maintenance functions to set up and maintain application installation information directories application and favorites menus inquiry window definitions global inquiry definitions help screens system messages backup and restore commands form codes forms printer definitions and support information You can also view the locations of other OSAS users through the User Login Activity function EIS Dashboards The EIS Dashboards menu allows you to view summarized accounting information on convenient screens called dashboards The dashboards show data from many different applications for one or more companies Executive Information Summary The EIS functions allow you to set up various dashboards and fields recalculate results for various dashboards maintain files and print file lists Print Manager Use Print Manager to search reports printed to file for specific information or general inquiries Print Manager allows you to control printing queues and maintain saved and archived files Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction Resource Manager Overview Reports Use the Reports functions to audit the amount of disk space your data files occupy and to print product suggestions error logs and global inquiry window definitions Master File Lists Use the Master File Lists functions to print lists of information that you set up in other Resou
67. function key 1 50 Insert Line command function key 1 40 1 49 pull down menu command 1 40 Insert line item 1 40 1 49 Insert mode function key 1 50 Inventory Lookup commands 1 41 1 48 Inventory Lookup commands 1 41 alias lookup 1 41 customer vendor lookup 1 41 description lookup 1 41 detail lookup 1 41 lot lookup 1 41 serial lookup 1 41 Shift F3 1 41 Shift F4 1 41 Shift F5 1 41 Shift F6 1 41 Shift F7 1 41 Shift F8 1 41 Inventory lookup commands Alias Lookup 1 48 alias lookup 1 48 Customer Vendor Lookup 1 48 Description Lookup 1 48 Detail Lookup 1 48 Lot Lookup 1 48 Serial Lookup 1 48 inventory search commands 1 48 Shift F6 1 48 Jump Resource Manager User s Manual function key 1 37 pull down menu command 1 37 Jump command function key 1 40 pull down menu command 1 40 K Keyboard changing key definitions 2 7 function 2 7 keys assigning to commands 2 7 L Last Line command function key 1 40 1 49 pull down menu command 1 40 launching web browser and e mail 2 25 Left Arrow report command 1 64 Left Arrow function key 1 49 Lists printing 11 3 live data changing to 1 22 1 27 Locations function 5 19 6 51 Lot Inventory Lookup function key 1 41 1 48 pull down menu command 1 41 Maintenance function key 1 36 pull down menu command 1 36 tool button 1 42 manual conventions 1 11 Master File Lists Field List 11 29 Help Screens List 11 13 Master
68. graphics on the console are not displayed correctly on SCO Open Server 5 What is wrong SCO Open Server 5 sets the console device to be IBM terminals instead of ANSI terminals Enter mapchan n into the profile file Print Manager How can I access the Print Manager command letters and their functions The commands are displayed when you use the Help F1 command When you know which command you want to use use the Exit F7 command on the Help screen Then enter the command Do the same access codes in OSAS apply to Print Manager Yes If you do not have access to an OSAS function you will not be able to access a print job that was produced using that function C 2 Resource Manager User s Manual Common Questions How can I make Print Manager print reports without supervision You can use the Tag command to mark the reports you want to print The reports you want to print in the batch must have the same form class Then use the Print Batch command to print the jobs you selected Does the form class configure the printer for the form I selected No The form class assigned to the print job reminds you to verify that the proper paper is loaded in the printer but it does not configure that printer Can I print more than one copy of a selected print job Yes After you have selected the file and used the Print command enter the number of copies you want to print in the Control window that appears EIS What is a functio
69. in OSAS Inventory Price Allows you to calculate prices and view quantity Calculator cost and pricing information for inventory items Help Menu File Modes Tools Favorites Other Help M lt Help F1 About OSAS Command Description Help Opens help descriptions for the application menus and functions About OSAS Opens the About OSAS dialog box Main Menu Toolbar The main menu toolbar gives you quick access to frequently used OSAS commands To access a command click the appropriate button Oege MARRS Button Description raj Opens the Workstation Date dialog box to change the date See Workstation Dates on page 1 13 for more information El Opens the Access Code dialog box to switch between access codes See Access Codes on page 1 13 for information s Displays the Application Information dialog box Resource Manager User s Manual 1 25 OSAS Graphical Menu Introduction 1 26 Button Description Opens help descriptions for the application menus and functions EJ Opens the OSAS calculator El Displays the pop up calendar screen You can use the calendar to add and review reminders for any date me Opens an MS DOS command window Bu Displays a screen for calling any BBx program that does not require variables to be passed to it For more information see Appendix F in the Resource Manager User s Manual o Toggles between the Favorites and main menus See 7 7
70. information Resource Manager User s Manual 3 23 State Codes Company Setup Field Definitions Field Name Description Inquiry State Code Enter the code for the state province or region State Name Enter the full name of the state Inquiry Country Enter the code for the country to which this state belongs The country s name appears 3 24 Resource Manager User s Manual Application Setup Tax Classes Tax Locations Tax Groups Sales Tax Report Clear Sales Tax Period Setup Pop Up Calendar Resource Manager User s Manual 4 3 4 5 4 11 4 15 4 19 4 21 4 23 4 1 Tax Classes Use the Tax Classes function to add or change the descriptions associated with tax classes Select Tax Classes from the Application Setup menu The Tax Classes screen appears and lists the class s code and description 2519 Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help 28 Gk _Abandon Class Description 00 Consumer Goods zj Resale Sales 2 Exempt Sales al Ind Agr Prod Interstate Comm 05 Motor Vehicles 06 Food Products Clothing os Gasoline o9 Services zi 3 z Enter edit Append Company 08 27 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Select a command Press Enter to edit the description for the selected class e Press A to add a tax class and description e Press Gto move to a specific tax class When prompted enter the line number of the t
71. information on output devices After the report is produced the ElS Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 8 43 Setup Definitions List Setup Definitions List 07 13 2002 11 43 AM Setup ID GLCASH GLCASHAT Type 01 02 GLCASSAT Type ol 02 GLCOGS Type 01 02 GLCOGSAT Type 01 02 GLCSHOD Type 02 ol GLCSHOH Type 02 01 GLCUASST Type 01 02 GLCULIAB Type 01 02 8 44 Builders Supply Setup Definitions List Description Cash Accounts From Thru 1000 100999 Cash Accounts Account Types From 005 Assets Current Account Types From 005 GL Cost From of Goods Sold Accounts 5000 Cost From Goods Sold Account Types 600 Cash From 010 Deposit GL Account Types Hand GL Account Types Current Assets Accounts From 1000 Current Liabilities Accounts From 2000 Resource Manager User s Manual Executive Information Summary Print Manager Report History Inquiry 9 3 Report Control Active Report Control 9 7 Archive Report Control 9 11 File Maintenance Report Classes 9 15 Parameter Maintenance 9 17 Purge Report History 9 19 Resource Manager User s Manual 9 1 Report History Inquiry The Report History Inquiry function lists every report you have printed to file moved to or printed from the Active Report Control function and every record moved to or printed from the Archive Report Control functi
72. is 1 but you can increase this value 1 9 if your menu behaves erratically If you want to scale the dimensions of the OSAS screens to nearly full screen size by default regardless of your monitor s resolution enter A If you want the screen to resize according to your monitor s resolution enter I the normal setting 2 29 Defaults Workstation Configuration Field Name Clipboard Location ID Bank ID EIS Dashboard Screen Pages Printer User ID Bitmap Image 2 30 Description If you want the OS AS copy and paste commands to use the windows clipboard making the information available for use in other applications enter A If you want the copied data to remain local to OSAS enter I the normal setting This setting applies to copying in graphical mode only Enter the ID of the default location for the workstation Enter the ID of the bank that is the default for the workstation Enter the default EIS Dashboard for the workstation Enter the maximum number of pages you want to store in memory for a report that you print to the screen in text mode The system default is five screen pages Enter the BBx device name of the default printer such as LPL LP or PO Enter a user ID that you want to associate with the terminal ID The user ID can be used as another identifier when adding forms printers and pop up calendar reminders Enter the name of a bitmapped image to use as a backgro
73. listed select the data directory where you want the new files to be created Next enter the ID of each application for which you want data files created If the system finds data files for the application you enter in the data path the Data files exist Do you want this task to erase them message appears Select Yes to erase the existing files and create new ones or No to leave the existing files as they are and enter a different application ID Resource Manager User s Manual 3 9 Data File Creation Company Setup Once the files are erased you cannot undo the action Use the Proceed OK command to create the files When the files are created the Company Setup menu appears 3 10 Resource Manager User s Manual Data File Conversion Use the Data File Conversion function on the Company Setup menu to convert data files and EIS screen definitions from OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software version 3 2 or higher to the latest version Some versions of certain applications require this conversion to be performed in a specific order Consult each application s user s manual for specific instructions Select Data File Conversion from the Company Setup menu The Data File Conversion screen appears Data File Conversion E Ioj xl Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe pe mnl OK Abandon r Select directory on which to create files C OSASBS data Enter directory that contains the files to b
74. network On the following page is a compatibility matrix of OSAS 6 5 applications Use the matrix to set up your system with the right version of each application Resource Manager User s Manual 1 1 Compatibility Matrix RS AS AS EIS MES EGE EI 202 202 PAPE R R D A L N N O D W A 010 RM 6 5 5 5 5 5 RI RM65 6 5 X R AP 6 5 AR 6 5 X 1 R R AR6 5 BK 6 5 1 X BK 6 5 BR 6 5 X BR65 6 5 X DD 6 5 FA 6 5 X FA 6 5 GL 6 5 ojo GL6 5 GN 6 5 X GN 6 5 IN 6 5 X OJO IN65 JO 6 5 ojo X JO65 6 5 X OD 6 5 OW 6 5 X OW 6 5 PA 6 5 X PA 6 5 PO 6 5 X PO6 5 SO 6 5 1 X S06 5 RS EAS EAS ABA EIS EEG EG PAPE M P R R D A L N N O D W A O O R Application on top requires application on side S Application requires side application and has no predefined functions within EIS O Application on top optionally writes data to application on side Blank No interface 1 To utilize kitting feature SO is required 2 EIS has no predefined functions for this application Resource Manager User s Manual A Abandon function key 1 36 pull down menu command 1 36 verification button 1 43 About OSAS pull down menu command 1 38 Access Code tool b
75. off Predefined Functions Sub Type Description 11 Numeric Payment Type 5 Total Other 12 Numeric Payment Type 5 Total Other ARCTOPPL AR Top 10 Customers L Y Profit Totals The ARCTOPPL function returns the customers that provided the most profit last year in descending order the profit the customer representative and the territory associated with the customer Setup types Company ID G 12 Sub Type Description 1 Alphanumeric 1 Customer Name 2 Numeric 1 Customer Profit 3 Alphanumeric 1 Customer Rep 4 Alphanumeric 1 Customer Territory 5 Alphanumeric 2 Customer Name 6 Numeric 2 Customer Profit 7 Alphanumeric 2 Customer Rep 8 Alphanumeric 2 Customer Territory 9 Alphanumeric 3 Customer Name 10 Numeric 3 Customer Profit 11 Alphanumeric 3 Customer Rep 12 Alphanumeric 3 Customer Territory 13 Alphanumeric 4 Customer Name Resource Manager User s Manual Type Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 4 Customer Profit 4 Customer Rep 4 Customer Territory 5 Customer Name 5 Customer Profit 5 Customer Rep 5 Customer Territory 6 Customer Name 6 Customer Profit 6 Customer Rep 6
76. original screen ID use the Delete Screen command in the EIS Dashboard Editor function to remove it How can I find out the last time a field was recalculated Move the cursor to the field on the EIS Dashboard and use the View command The date and time the field was last calculated is displayed on the View screen The terminal ID of the workstation where it was recalculated is also displayed How can I change the default screen that appears when I select the EIS Dashboard Use the Workstation Defaults function in Resource Manager to enter the screen ID in the Dashboard field That ID becomes the default screen How can I keep other users from seeing particular fields here and there Use the Access Codes function on the File Maintenance menu to assign access to users for each field defined in the Field Definitions function A string of Xs appears if a user does not enter the right code Before you can use the Access Codes function you must set up access codes using the Access Codes function on the Company Setup menu See page 3 19 for information C 4 Resource Manager User s Manual Laser Alignment Notes Printing Forms Ordering Forms are loaded into printers face up or face down When you order prenumbered forms for a printer that loads face down the order must be reverse collated Request this when ordering Laser Printer Alignment Tips for Forms To make sure lines and characters are aligned properly when printing any fo
77. osas com bhumphreyfaceplumbingsupply com johnl osas com juliec bigmail com billw osas com robin bauer altos com Resource Manager User s Manual E Mail Date E Mail Time E Mail Subject Application ID Menu Title 12 15 02 8 09 AM Data File Allocation Report RM Data File Allocation Report 12 17 02 12 10 PM Vendor Detail List AP Vendor Detail List 12 17 02 1 37 PM Order Fulfillment Report 0 Order Fulfillment Report 12 22 02 4 23 PM Open Order Report PO Open Order Report 12 29 02 2 12 PM Purchases Journal PO Purchases Journal 10 13 E Mail History Purge Use the E Mail History Purge to clear the OSEL E mail History file This file stores the addresses of the sender and recipient the date and time the subject and the application ID and menu title of e mail messages sent through OSAS Follow these steps to clear this file 1 Select E Mail History Purge from the Reports Menu The E Mail History Purge screen appears 2515 Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xrebealma amp OK Abandon Purge all E Mails before 06 30 2002 Company 02 05 2003 Terminal T000 OVR 2 Enter the date before which to purge e mail history All e mail messages saved in the history file with a date before the date you enter are purged 3 Use the Proceed OK command to begin processing Resource Manager User s Manual 10 15 Master File Lists Printing a Master File List Menu List Backup
78. pay bills without relying on reducing inventories through sales It is expressed as financial assets that can be readily turned to cash divided by current liabilities Days receivables is the average number of days it takes you to collect your receipts once you have issued the bill Number of inventory turns is the number of times in a year your inventory turns over For example if you have 100 000 of product in inventory the number 6 means that you sold 600 000 of product during the year Debt to equity ratio is a measure of your business s basic financial strength It is expressed as the amount of liabilities divided by the amount of equity Debt to asset ratio is expressed as the amount you owe divided by the amount of assets your business employs Return on equity is expressed as net income divided by net worth Return on assets ROA is the return on assets employed It is expressed as the profit minus the amount invested in assets Return on investment ROI is the return on the investment you have in your company It is expressed as the profit minus the amount invested in assets and equity F 2 Resource Manager User s Manual Predefined Functions Executive Information Summary has many functions built into the system for your use This appendix documents the predefined functions To generate your own function list use the Functions List function on the Master File Lists menu Conventions The following con
79. portions of the key you want to find For example when you press C the window displays keys beginning with the letter C When you next press A the window displays keys beginning with CA and so on e n Sort mode you can change the order of certain Inquiry windows by pressing the letter key associated with the window sort You can see the available sorts in any Inquiry window by pressing Esc Command Help To shorten your data search use a partial key inquiry to cut down the size of the inquiry list For example if you know that the ID starts with JAR enter JAR in the ID field before you use the Inquiry command The Inquiry list starts with JAR and runs through the end of the list 1 46 Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction Menu and Function Commands The following commands are available inside Inquiry windows The scroll buttons are available in graphical mode only Key Button Home z PgUp g Up aj Down y PgDn p End Ins Look Up F7 Exit Enter Esc View Commands Resource Manager User s Manual Description Moves directly to the first item on file Displays the previous page of the window Moves up one item Moves down one item Displays the next page of the window Moves directly to the last item on file Toggles between Search mode and Sort mode Leaves the Inquiry window without selecting anything Selects the item to which the cursor is pointing Opens a window that
80. seTeg TTET ISUVALVO 0001 saTeg peaeSpng ISMAILA 0001 seTes psss png TSANETIN 0001 seTes Peasbpng TTET 0001 seTes TENADY TSLIVALA 0001 saTeg Tenaoy TYIUON TSLIVALN 0001 sates Tenqoy TTET ISIOVAWG Ag peaepdg 2587 uotadtzsseq PISTA 13308184 Liemmg Aueduoj 11445 Paeoquse Hd 2002 82 81 Resource Manager User s Manual 8 8 Dashboard History The Dashboard History Report contains the values in the EIS Dashboards that you have saved using the Global Dashboard Update function see page 8 15 Use this report to discover important trends in your business This function is unavailable if the Resource Manager Keep value files history for EIS option is set to No for the current company in the Options and Interfaces function on the Company Setup menu A sample report is on page 8 11 Follow these steps to print or view the Dashboard History report 1 Select Dashboard History from the EIS Reports screen The Dashboard History screen appears sd Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe BE g OK Abandon DashboardlD amp PANAL ET r Include Character Dashboards Graphical Dashboards Both Print Field ID C Field Name C Both Enter 4 dates from history to compare with E 3 y 3 y 3 J 1 3 Company 09 06 2002 Terminal TODO OVA 2 Select the dashboard for which you want to pr
81. sell out Profitability is a simple term but it can be misleading You can make a profit from earnings generated in your normal course of business or from actions that you cannot expect to repeat such as the sale of irreplaceable assets The goal is to establish ratios that show whether the profits you receive are being maximized or whether other investments could yield a better return with less risk With good ratios you can identify adjustments that you need to make to survive financially in difficult times and to succeed when your business is in good economic times You can produce the following ratios in EIS Working capital is a measure of the liquid assets you have at your disposal It is expressed as the difference between your current assets and current liabilities For example a working capital of 50 000 is negligible if your current asset base is 10 000 000 A 0 5 percent drop in your current assets wipes out your working capital If your current asset base is only 100 000 and your working assets 50 000 your working capital is high Resource Manager User s Manual F 1 Common Ratios Current ratio is a measure of your ability to meet current liabilities as they fall due It is expressed as the amount of working capital divided by the amount of liability If your ratio is too low you lack liquidity If it is too high you are probably not getting the best return available Quick ratio is a measure of your ability to
82. several related functions appears beside the OSAS menu Selecting a function leads you to either a function screen or another menu Several commands are available within the menu to perform various tasks such as changing the system date entering access codes switching between sample data and live data and so on You can access commands in these ways if a button or pull down menu selection is muted or gray it is not available for use e Click the appropriate graphical tool button e Select the command from a pull down menu Press the associated keyboard hot key If you use the graphical menu you can select application menus and functions by clicking the function or menu name on the menu or by highlighting your choice and pressing Enter If you choose the start style menu you can select applications from the main menu by using the arrow keys to highlight your choice and pressing Enter by clicking the selection or by holding the mouse cursor over the selection until the menu appears From any application menu you can select a button from the previous menu to move directly to that menu If you are several menu levels away from the main menu you can return to the main menu by clicking items on the previous menus Resource Manager User s Manual 1 19 OSAS Graphical Menu Introduction Graphical Main Menu T000 OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software B zi xj File Modes Tools Favorites Other Help EO QSAS
83. size you cannot specify a record length that is smaller than the length of the existing data records Enter a larger record length Error opening the SYSGUI channel please check and make sure you have setup the X0 Device in your config bbx file You will get this error if you select or run a GUI menu or function and you have not setup a sysgui device in your config bbx file Enter the following line into your config bbx file alias XO SYSGUI File cannot be locked You cannot rebuild or verify the file you selected because the file is open at another workstation Field ID fieldID Is Not on File Field ID fieldID Not Found The field you entered is not on file Enter a field that is on file or use the Inquiry F2 command to look up and select a field To define a field use the Field Definitions function Field fieldID is Invalid The field is not valid because you entered a function incorrectly in the math editor It recognizes functions in the format Fn m Field fieldID Is Not Defined As Numeric The function you are assigning to the field ID returns alphanumeric values The display mask accepts numbers only Change the display mask or use a function that returns numeric values A 6 Resource Manager User s Manual References System Messages Field Setup Not Defined You cannot assign setup types to a field whose setup ID is not defined You might have made a typographical error when you assigned the setup ID to a
84. specific enter or edit the company ID for the form type Inquiry 3 Ifthe form type is for a specific workstation enter or edit the workstation ID Inquiry 4 Enter the printer device ID for the form type You can select only from the printers that are set up in the Devices function on the Workstation Configuration menu The printer name appears 5 Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and return to the Form Printers screen 6 46 Resource Manager User s Manual Support Information Use the Support Information function to enter the information that appears on the Other Commands Support Information screen You can also access this function by pressing Shift F3 when a Basic Error window appears Select Support Information from the System File Maintenance menu The Support Information screen appears Support Information E lol x Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe BE ma 20 DK Abandon Dealer Name Accounting Business Solutions Dealer Contact Jett Browne Dealer Phone Number 6125558973 FaxNo 6125558980 Dealer Email ibrowne accsolutions com Dealer Web Site www acesolutions com Dealer Site Number Note 1 Cali Jeff before calling Open Systems support Note 2 fa KD Customer Site Number Open Systems Technical Support United States 800 582 5000 Canada 8001582 5000 Web Site Jwww osas com Company H 08 28 2002 TODO OVA 1 Enter or edit your de
85. that you can use to create a new dashboard Untitled Dashboard lol Commands Edit Modes Other File EIS Edit EIS Help g OK Abandon Company 08 06 2002 Terminal TODO OVR Resource Manager User s Manual 8 33 Dashboard Editor Executive Information Summary In graphical mode you can right click on the dashboard screen or any field and select Properties to open a dialog box where you can define the pixel locations and size of the fields on the screen Here is a sample of the Properties box oix Value Type Field ID Text Untitled Dashboard X Position 15 Y Position 45 Width Height In text mode the coordinates at the bottom right of the dashboard indicate where the cursor is on the screen Use these coordinates when you place the fields and set visual margins Command Definitions Command Description File Commands Press Alt F or PgDn and then F in text mode to open the EIS File commands menu Load Dashboard Select Load dashboard from the EIS File menu or press L in text mode to load an existing dashboard Save Dashboard Select Save dashboard from the EIS File menu or press S in text mode to save the dashboard you are on If the screen does not have a name enter a descriptive name under which to save it If the screen already has a name either accept the current name or enter a different one New Dashboard Select New dashboard fro
86. the right Moves the cursor to the left Deletes the character the cursor is on 1 49 Menu and Function Commands Hot Key Insert Home End F9 Undo F10 Delete to End of Line Shift F9 Copy Field Contents Shift F10 Paste Field Contents 1 50 Introduction Description Switches insert mode on and off When the Insert flag appears at the bottom of the screen characters you enter push characters after the cursor over When insert mode is turned off characters you enter write over existing ones Moves the cursor to the beginning of the field Moves the cursor to the end of the field Restores a field to the way it was before you changed it You can use this command only while you are in the field once you move past it you must use the Abandon F5 command Deletes the characters in the field to the right of the cursor If insert mode is turned off and you enter a character in the field s first position everything in the field is deleted Copies the contents of the current field Pastes the value you copied from a previous field into the current field Resource Manager User s Manual Favorites Menu The Favorites menu operates in any of the menu formats and gives you quick and easy access to the OSAS functions you use most allowing you to add selections for entire menus or particular functions After you ve set up the menu you can access the functions either by pressing F2 or by
87. to return to the Devices screen Resource Manager User s Manual 2 19 Devices Workstation Configuration Inquiry Inquiry 2 20 Field Definitions When you add or edit a terminal enter this information in the header section Field Name BBx Device Name Copy From System Device Name Device Type Description Enter the device name This is the terminal ID assigned to the workstation for identification purposes This field appears if you entered a new device name Enter the name of the device whose settings you want to copy Enter the system device name use sysprint to set up a Windows graphical workstation Select the device type from the inquiry window Depending on the type of terminal you are adding Resource Manager has these options available Field Name Driver Name DMA Mode Description If you select doscon as the device type enter the name of the device driver file If you select doscon as the device type select the box or enter Y in text mode for a terminal that supports direct memory addressing DMA Clear the box or enter N in text mode for a terminal that does not support it If you select doscon as the device type refer to the terminal manual to find out which modes it supports If you want to change the mode of your terminal when you start OSAS enter the mode number Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration Devices Field Name
88. want to set up the form Note You must set up a form type that is not company specific before you can set up a company specific form type Enter the form type you want to set up or change Enter the name for the form Enter the number of form copies you want to print The copy number appears The number of lines that appear in the list correspond to the number you entered in the Number of Copies field For each copy number enter the copy name you want to print on the corresponding form copy If you want the system to prompt you to load forms into the printer for each copy so you can change the paper stock color for instance select the box or enter Y in text mode if not clear the box or enter N in text mode If you want to print an alignment mark before proceeding to print the forms select the box or enter Y in text mode if not clear the box or enter N in text mode Resource Manager User s Manual Form Printers Use the Form Printers function to set up default printers for form types Select Form Printers from the System File Maintenance menu The Form Printers screen appears 5 Form Printers PII ES Commands Edit Modes Other ScrollCommands Help 2x Be Ok Abandon Form Company Workstation Printer Device Type ID ID ID Name ARINV 2j Print Setup Laser APCHK Print Dialog Dot Matrix Print Dialog Dot Matrix Print Dialog Dot Matrix Le p ler Uda
89. width of the window Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries This prompt appears Test the window Select Yes or press Y in text mode to open a test version of the inquiry window you defined or select No or press N in text mode to save the information without opening a test window When you finish maintaining inquiry window definitions use the Exit F7 command to close the screen and return to the System File Maintenance menu 6 18 Resource Manager User s Manual Global Inquiry Definitions A Global Inquiry window consolidates and lists information from other applications These windows are valuable if you are in the middle of an application and need information from a different application but do not want to exit the current screen to retrieve this data Use the Global Inquiry Definitions function on the System File Maintenance menu to design edit or delete windows To produce a list of the information entered on the Global Inquiry Definitions screen use the Global Inquiry Window List function on the Master File Lists menu Screen Use Screen Global Inquiry Definitions Global Inquiry Definitions General Information Global Inquiry Summary Fields Global Inquiry Data Columns Global Inquiry Definitions Global Links Resource Manager User s Manual Description Use the Global Inquiry Definitions screen to select the window you want to define or change Use the Gen
90. you build a function Resource Manager User s Manual H 1 Building Functions Planning the function Before you use the GENERIC FNC function to customize a function plan the attributes that you want the function to have e What do you want the function to do e Which values and how many do you want the function to return e Which files and applications does the function need to access Consult the file descriptions of the applications involved to answer these questions Make a backup copy of GENERIC FNC or any function before you modify it Modifying GENERIC FNC Precoded EIS functions use the following standard Lines 200 299 Set the following variables VALUES The total number of values returned by the function A value is anything that the function returns number date code literal value RTN The ID of the function It must be 8 characters long If it has fewer than 8 characters pad with spaces Lines 300 399 This area is used to dimension application specific variables used in the function with the DIM verb Check the IOLists used in the function in lines 899 989 for arrays H 2 Resource Manager User s Manual Building Functions Lines 400 499 Set the following variables FILES The total number of application files opened for each company FILENAME 1 FILES Each file name excluding the company ID Lines 600 699 This area is used to check that each applica
91. you set up sample Sales Tax Report is on page 4 17 Select Sales Tax Report from the Application Setup menu The Sales Tax Report screen appears Sales Tax Report E Ioj xl Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe be mnl ge OK Abandon Tax Authority From Thru Tax Location From CA aj Thu TxHOUS Print By gt Tax Location C Tax Authority Print Sales Purchases Zero Balance Tax Classes Zero Balance Tax Locations Company 08 30 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Select the range of tax authorities or tax locations to include the report then select the sort order in the Print By box Finally select the type of information to print on the report Clear the Zero Balance Tax Classes and Zero Balance Tax Locations boxes or press N in text mode to save paper by skipping tax classes or locations with zero balances Next select the output device to begin printing the report See Output the Report on page 1 60 for information on output devices Refer to the field definitions for more information Resource Manager User s Manual 4 15 Sales Tax Report Field Definitions Field Name Tax Authority From Thru Tax Location From Thru Print By Print Sales Print Purchases Print Zero Balance Tax Classes 4 16 Application Setup Description Enter the range of tax authorities you want to include in the report Use these fields to include tax locations fal
92. you specified For alphanumeric fields enter the first character position in the field that you want to appear For cross reference fields enter the first character position of the linking field For numeric data or social security number fields leave this field blank 6 29 Global Inquiry Definitions System File Maintenance Field Name Length Col No Xref Field Start Length Flds Table Key Test 6 30 Description For alphanumeric fields enter the length of the data that you want to appear For cross reference fields enter the length of the linking field For numeric fields enter the number of digits to the left of the decimal place that you want to appear Enter the column where you want to begin listing the field Enter the name of the cross reference file whose data you want to access If the file is company specific put lowercase xxx after the name of the file Enter the field s position in the record of the specified file For alphanumeric fields enter the first character position in the field that you want to appear For other field types leave this field blank For alphanumeric fields enter the length of the data For numeric fields enter the number of digits to the left of the decimal place that you want to appear For other field types leave this field blank Accept the value specified in the xxTOP file or enter the number of fields in the cross reference file
93. 0 Committed Qty 0000 Cale Ext Price 2114 16 In Use Qty 1 0000 r Quantity Breaks Available Qty 17 0000 Quantity Unit Price On Order Qty 6 0000 1 0000 422 8320 ost information gt 11 8 0000 380 5520 LIFO FIFO Cost 343 5500 2 Average Cost 343 5500 E Standard Cost 0000 4 Base Cost 343 5500 Li Company 06 27 2000 Terminal TODO OVR Field Definitions Inquiry Inquiry Inquiry Inquiry Inquiry Inquiry E 18 Field Name Description Location ID Enter a location ID Item ID Enter an item ID Sale Units Accept the current unit of measure or enter a different unit of measure Price ID Enter a price ID optional Customer ID Enter a customer ID optional Cust Level Enter a customer level optional Resource Manager User s Manual Field Name Sale Date Sale Quantity On Hand Qty Committed Qty In Use Qty Available Qty On Order Qty LIFO FIFO Cost Average Cost Standard Cost Base Cost Calc Unit Price Resource Manager User s Manual Other Commands Description Accept the current sale date or enter a different date Accept the current sale quantity or enter a different quantity The quantity on hand appears The committed quantity appears The in use quantity appears The available quantity appears The on order quantity appears This field appears if you elected to show costs in the price and availability lookup in the Resource Manag
94. 0 Alphanumeric 3 Item Description 11 Numeric 3 Item Sales 12 Numeric 3 Item Quantity 13 Alphanumeric 4 Item ID Resource Manager User s Manual Type Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 4 Item Description 4 Item Sales 4 Item Quantity 5 Item ID 5 Item Description 5 Item Sales 5 Item Quantity 6 Item ID 6 Item Description 6 Item Sales 6 Item Quantity 7 Item ID 7 Item Description 7 Item Sales 7 Item Quantity 8 Item ID 8 Item Description 8 Item Sales 8 Item Quantity 9 Item ID 9 Item Description Predefined Functions G 43 Predefined Functions Sub Type Description 35 Numeric 9 Item Sales 36 Numeric 9 Item Quantity 37 Alphanumeric 10 Item ID 38 Alphanumeric 10 Item Description 39 Numeric 10 Item Sales 40 Numeric 10 Item Quantity JOBSACT JO Jobs Phases Actual Totals The JOBSACT function returns the actual amount you billed the customer the pieces that have been completed for an indication of how much of the job has been done the amount of labor hours the miscellaneous costs from the NAMESxxx table see the Job Cost User s Guide and the sum of the misc
95. 0987 097 30 10 10 2 107 31 11 11 2 11 2 30 12 122 a 12 7 31 Company 08 27 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Enter or edit the current fiscal year and number of period per year then press PgDn to view or change the beginning and ending dates for each period Enter or edit these values as necessary Finally use the Proceed OK command to save your entries then press F7 to close the screen and return to the main menu Resource Manager User s Manual 4 21 Pop Up Calendar Use the Pop Up Calendar function to create and edit calendar dated reminders You can create reminders for yourself for another user or for everyone on your system If you select the Automatically check reminders on startup of OSAS option in the Resource Manager Options and Interfaces function the Pop Up Calendar screen appears automatically when you start OS AS if there are unread reminders on file for the system date The Pop Up Calendar is also available from the Other F4 menu on all menu and function screens In graphical mode you can also activate the Pop Up Calendar by clicking on the associated tool button on any graphical menu or function screen Screen Use Screen Description Pop Up Calendar Use the Pop Up Calendar screen to select the day for which you want to add change or delete reminders Add Edit Reminder Use the Add and Edit Reminder screens to enter reminders and to edit the reminders you
96. 1 Sales Tax 68 79 412 72 61 90 133 085 45 Freight 00 00 91 120 74 619 56 Misc Chgs 00 00 121 35 388 60 Fin Chgs 00 00 Unapplied Cr 0 0505050000 em M Total 90 268 26 1 924 228 53 Total Due 1 090 064 52 Payments 00 4 240 728 22 Invoice Count 32 Discounts 00 26 141 20 Customer Count 1 Active Customers 12 Avg Days to Pay 45 40 Past Due Customers 10 Days Sales Qutstanding 85 50 Company 09 06 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Use the commands to refresh the data or view more detailed information See Commands on page 7 3 for more information Press F7 to exit the dashboard and return to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 7 11 Accounts Payable Analysis The Accounts Payable Analysis dashboard provides aging historical and other key information from Accounts Payable and Purchase Order Select Accounts Payable Analysis from the EIS Dashboard menu The Accounts Payable Analysis dashboard appears and lists aging and purchase amounts for analysis Accounts Payable Analysis Commands Edit Modes Other EIS Functions Help 2xte nelga OF Aging nalysis 0 o Purchase History Period to Date Yearto Date Current Due Invoices 109 694 60 2 756 597 96 Balance 31 60 190 645 07 Freight 00 00 61 90 300 071 16 Tax 6 581 70 165 395 91 31 120 00 Misc 00 00 121 7140690 a Total 00 2 921 993 87 Total Due 334 801 53 MM Payment History Amt on Hold 374 094 8
97. 2 Number of records Active keys 761 Keys 11 1 61111 1 2 18 1 121111 1 217 1 2418 1 12 19 1 12 111 1 2 11 1 61111 1 2 11 1 61 6 1 1 111 1 21 9 1 121 15 1 1 1 1 6 Key chain 0 Keys From 000001 Thru 000010 Print 1 C Keys Only Keys and Data Enter the file name whose contents you want to view elect whether to use the file s template then select the key chains and keys to include in the report Next select the type of data to print and press Enter Finally select the output device to begin printing the report See Output the Report on page 1 60 for information on output devices Company 08 27 2002 Terminal T000 INS Refer to the field definitions for more information Resource Manager User s Manual 5 11 View File Contents Data File Maintenance 5 12 Field Definitions Field Name Filename Use Template Description File Type Logical Key Size Number of records Bytes per record Active keys Key chain Keys From Thru Print Description Enter the name of the file whose contents you want to view Select the check box or enter Y in text mode to use the file s template when viewing the data Clear this box or enter N in text mode if you do not want to use the template Using the file template places the template variable used to refer to the field next to the field s data This variable is set in the file template s code The file description ap
98. 2 5T 0 82 5T 0 82 5T 0 82 5T saoa g ON 2002 82 80 saoaag ON 2002 82 80 sioaag ON 2002 82 80 saoaag ON 2002 82 80 saoaag ON 2002 82 80 saoaag ON 2002 82 80 saoaag ON 2002 82 80 sioaag ON 2002 82 80 saoaag ON 2002 82 80 510114 ON 2002 82 80 saoaag ON 2002 82 80 saoaag ON 2002 82 80 saoaag ON 2002 82 80 saoaag ON 2002 82 80 saoaag ON 2002 82 80 saoaag ON 2002 82 80 ON 2002 82 80 saoaag ON 2002 82 80 saoaag ON 2002 82 80 saoaag ON 2002 82 80 saoaag ON 2002 82 80 snas a8 paaepda 2587 ge 080 060 TZ T6 E TTE T S 98 2 28 80 v92 T3 020 25 EZ TZL TL 996 096 z Tb PLG TEE s8 80L 0T ts 0s0 sO2 t 20 s66 88 80 0 P PT Eb 960 ELT 66 L9L 822 62 6662 3 396 868 9 vPZ SPL ETL PO PZO tz 6L T90 ZLO t EZ ETS LEG 20 TE antea aueiinj 21odegy paeoquseq SIA A amp Tddng saeprrna 0001 BOUETEG STJPATSISY saunoooy IVY 0001 UOTJENTEA Arogusaul S TVAANI 0001 spuetsg use TYS3HSYJ 0001 SOUBTABA 377024 T399A UdYUVATLA 0001 SOUBTAEA 377024 0001 BOUBTABA 377024 TTEA uddVAAVGd 0001 arzoag pea3ebpng ATa es UdANETLA 0001 arjoid peasbpng TYIUON 0001 atzoag peaebpng TTET UdANEAVA 0001 arzoag Tenaoy TIESA 0001 aoad Tengoy TYIUON 0001 atyoaq TENIDF TTET UdLIVAVA 0001 BOUBTABA SATES TIESA TSUVATLA 0001 SDUETIEA SSTES TYIUON TSUVAGIN 0001 BOUBTABA
99. 2 and 99 follow these steps 1 Enter the first number in this case 32 to load the new subtotal into the Calculator The number appears in the Entry field as you type and is transferred to the tape when you press Enter Press one of these keys to enter the operator add subtract multiply divide For example if you press the number you entered 32 followed by the plus sign moves to the bottom of the Tape field The Calculator inserts the decimal point and the following zeros if you are working with round numbers Resource Manager User s Manual Other Commands The subtraction operator works the same as those on adding machines Press a number and 3 Enter the second number 99 in our example It appears in the Entry field as you type and moves to the bottom of the tape when you press Enter The calculation is then made and the total 131 00 followed by two asterisks is shown at the bottom of the tape 4 If you want to start a new tape press F1 or C to clear the tape before you start another calculation Making a String of Calculations You can make consecutive calculations using the running total from each previous operation 1 Enter the first number of the calculation to reset the current total The new total appears on the tape 2 Type the operator you want to use do not press Enter The number you typed in step and the operator appear in the Tape field 3 Enter the sec
100. 3 p Favorites Menu on page 1 51 for more information Right Click Menu Add to Favorites Change to Favorites Sample Data GL Setup Function Information On the graphical and start style main menus the right click menu gives you quick access to commands that help you manage commands on your Favorites menu switch between sample and live data perform certain setup tasks and view function information To access the menu click the right mouse button anywhere on the graphical or start style main menu Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Graphical Menu Command Description Add to Remove Use the Add to Remove Favorites Menu button to Favorites F10 add the desired submenu or function to or from your Favorites menu Change to Favorites Toggles your display menu between the Favorites Main and main menus F2 Sample Data Live Switches between sample and live data Data F5 Setup F9 Performs certain application setup tasks For example in General Ledger you can select the year with which you want to work If Setup is required in an application the application s user s manual describes its use Function Displays information about the selected function Information F1 Data Set Data Set Live Data C Sample Data On the start style main menu you can select the Live Data radio button to work with live data or select the Sample Data radio button to work with sample data You can also press F5
101. 5 5 5 7 5 9 5 11 5 15 5 17 5 19 5 25 5 1 Backup Use the Backup function to back up your data files before using critical functions and to make regular backup or archived copies of your data program graphical resource system and data dictionary files Select Backup from the Data File Maintenance menu The Backup screen appears no 2518 Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe 280 DK Abandon Company ID From aj Backup 31 Thu 3j Application Programs Application Data Files Report writer Data Files Device Floppy v Directories C OSAS65 progAP C OSAS65 progIN C OSAS65 progAR C X0SASB5NprogJ ON C OSAS65 progBK C OSAS65 prog0D4 C OSAS65 progBR C OSAS65 progRM C OSAS65 progPA C OSAS65 progFA C OSAS65 progGL C OSAS65 progGN Floppy Tape Company 08 27 2002 Terminal TODO INS Select the type of data to back up the range of companies whose data you want to back up and the type of device Floppy or Tape you re using to back up the data Use the Proceed OK command to begin the process The names of the directories appear in the lower part of the screen You need a set of backup diskettes for each directory listed The main menu appears when the backup process completes Resource Manager User s Manual 5 3 Restore Use the Restore function only if you lose data or files because of an
102. 515 Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help 3 X E 280 Gk Abandon Field ID CUSTOMER ID g Print Log Iz Original Value New Value File Description Time Tag Line No 000001 of 000001 Tab tag Enter edit Append Begin code change Header Field ID Company H 08 27 2002 Terminal TODO INS The screen contains three sections The top or Header section which includes the Field ID and Print Log fields is where you select the code or ID to change and whether or not you want to produce the printed log The lower left or Values section is where you build a list of the values you want to change by specifying the old value and the new value The lower right or Files section contains a list of the files that are changed in the applications you installed on your system Resource Manager User s Manual 5 19 Change Fields Data File Maintenance Header 1 Enter the Field ID you want to change You can change only Resource Manager fields from the Resource Manager menu To change IDs and codes from other applications run the Change Fields function in the respective application 2 Select the Print Log check box to print a list of the files that are changed 3 After you enter the Field ID and indicate your preference for printing the log use the Proceed OK command to begin entering field values to change Values 4 To edit or add original new values in this section select a line and press
103. 7 17 Top 10 Sales Reps The Top 10 Sales Reps dashboard provides a list of the top 10 sales representatives ranked by year to date sales dollars Select Top 10 Sales Reps from the EIS Dashboard menu The Top 10 Sales Reps dashboard appears and lists the highest performing sales representatives Top 10 Sales Reps E Commands Edit Modes Other EISFunctions Help Donna Mendelsohn James A Hovland Patrick R Thomassen e YTD Sales 1 912 522 91 821 577 40 696 228 41 323 809 71 00 Company 09 06 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Use the commands to refresh the data or view more detailed information See Commands on page 7 3 for more information Press F7 to exit the dashboard and return to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 7 19 Top 10 Vendors The Top 10 Vendors dashboard provided a list of the top 10 vendors ranked by year to date purchases Select Top 10 Vendors from the EIS Dashboard menu The Top 10 Vendors dashboard appears and lists the vendors from which the company purchases most often Top 10 Vendors 1 Commands Edit Modes Other EISFunctions Help BxE BB an g Or Vendor Name Purchases YTD 1 810 964 90 2 ELLIS ELECTRICAL SUPPLY 796 451 56 3 THOMPSON HEATING _ 707 810 24 4 CLEVELAND INTERIORS INC 199 908 74 5 BORIS CONSTRUCTION COMPANY 161 903 87 6 TIMBERLAND
104. 7 Period to Date Yearto Date Amt on Tmp Hold 00 Prepaids 00 165 779 70 Amt Released 560 706 66 Disc 00 802 82 Checks 00 2 565 662 85 Total Vendors 16 Disc 00 5 035 10 Inv on Hold PT 0 0 0 0 0000000 o nennen Inv on Tmp Hold 0 Total 00 2 405 721 07 Inv Released 16 Company 09 06 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Use the commands to refresh the data or view more detailed information See Commands on page 7 3 for more information Press F7 to exit the dashboard and return to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 7 13 Top 10 Customers The Top 10 Customers dashboard provides a list of the 10 customers with the highest sales amount in the current and prior years Select Top 10 Customers from the EIS Dashboard menu The Top 10 Customers dashboard appears and lists the 10 highest sales amounts for your customers Top 10 Customers E Commands Edit Modes Other EISFunctions Help xts memuj e o Sales Last Year Sales This Year to Date 1 1 223 580 1 ACE BUILDERS 1 665 331 2 TENNESSEE SHELTERS IN 808 095 2 KANSAS CITY GEODESIC H 696 228 3 LOS ANGELES CONSTRUCTI 541 298 3 CASH SALES DALLAS 522 780 4 CASH SALES DALLAS TX 497 803 4 TENNESSEE SHELTERS IN 454 090 5 DALLAS FT WORTH DOME H 447 243 5 DALLAS FT WORTH DOMEH 367 487 6 KANSAS CITY GEODESIC H 377 085 GREATER NEW YORK DOME 315 563 7 CASH SALES MINNEAPOLIS 318 997 7 LOS ANGELES CONSTRUCTI 247 192 8 GREATE
105. 9 6 35 6 39 6 41 6 43 6 45 6 47 6 49 6 51 6 57 Resource Manager User s Manual Contents EIS Dashboards Overview 7 3 Company Summary 7 5 Cash Requirements Forecast 7 7 Daily Statistics 7 9 Accounts Receivable Analysis 7 11 Accounts Payable Analysis 7 13 Top 10 Customers 7 15 Top 10 Items 7 17 Top 10 Sales Reps 7 19 Top 10 Vendors 7 21 Executive Information Summary EIS Dashboard Display 8 3 Dashboard 8 7 Dashboard History 8 9 Field History 8 13 Global Dashboard Update 8 15 Purge Dashboard History 8 17 Field Definitions 8 19 Setup 8 23 Functions 8 27 Access Codes 8 31 Dashboard Editor 8 33 Screen Definitions List 8 37 Field Definitions List 8 39 Functions List 8 41 Setup Definitions List 8 43 Print Manager Report History Inquiry 9 3 Active Report Control 9 7 Archive Report Control 9 11 Report Classes 9 15 Parameter Maintenance 9 17 Purge Report History 9 19 Resource Manager User s Manual v Contents vi Reports Printing a Report Data File Allocation Report Product Suggestions Report Error Log Global Inquiry Window Audit Report E Mail History Report E Mail History Purge Master File Lists Printing a Master File List Menu List Backup Restore Commands List Application Information List Company Information List Help Screens List Inquiry Window Definitions List Global Inquiry Window List Tables List Country Codes List Tax Locations List Tax Groups List Options and In
106. B 5 OSRET TXT file B 5 OSTD file B 8 OSTM file B 8 Other Commands Applications Options Inquiry E 9 Calculator E 1 Call a BBx Program E 6 Execute an Operating System Command E 6 General Information Inquiry E 12 Global Inquiry E 10 Product Suggestions E 8 Support Information E 14 User Comments E 15 output device printer 1 61 output devices e mail 1 63 file 1 62 print preview 1 61 printer 1 61 screen 1 62 P Parameter Maintenance function 9 17 parameters access code 1 4 command to start OSAS 1 4 company ID 1 4 general expression 1 4 terminal ID 1 4 partial key inquiry 1 46 Paste function key 1 37 1 50 pull down menu command 1 37 tool button 1 42 Period Setup function 4 21 screen 4 21 PgDn inquiry command 1 47 report command 1 64 scroll region command 1 40 1 49 PgDn function key 1 36 PgUp function key 1 42 inquiry command 1 47 report command 1 64 scroll region command 1 40 1 49 PgUp function key 1 36 PMARCxxx file B 8 PMCLASS file B 8 PMHSTxxx file B 8 PMMENxxx file B 9 PMOPTxxx file B 9 PMQUExxx file B 9 PMSIZxxx file B 9 Pop Up Calendar function 4 23 Pop Up Calendar tool button 1 42 predefined functions G 1 Resource Manager User s Manual Previous Line command function key 1 40 1 49 pull down menu command 1 40 Previous Page command function key 1 40 1 49 pull down menu command 1 40 Print Manager defined 1 3 printing multiple copies C 3
107. Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Information Help 2X mA a 26 Vendor Information Vendor Comments Vendor Documents Item Information Item Documents The Information menu appears on some function screens in certain applications The functions on the menu are determined by the applications installed The Information menu also gives you access to documents attached to customer vendor employee invoice or other records When the Information menu appears select the appropriate Documents command to open the Documents screen where you can view document information or open attached documents Resource Manager User s Manual 1 39 OSAS Graphical Functions Introduction Scroll Commands Menu Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Information Help VALE mE First Line lt Home gt Previous Page lt PgUp gt Previous Line lt Up gt Next Line lt Down gt Next Page lt PgDn gt Last Line lt End gt Insert lt Ins gt Delete lt F3 gt Jump The Scroll Commands menu appears only on screens with scroll regions Command First Line Previous Page Previous Line Next Line Next Page Last Line Insert Delete Jump 1 40 Description Moves the cursor to the first data entry field Displays the previous page Moves the cursor up to the previous line Moves the cursor down to the following line Displays the following page Moves the cursor to the last data entry field Inserts
108. Company 08 23 2002 Terminal T000 OVR You can move around the screen in these ways e Use the mouse or press Tab to move from field to field Use the scroll buttons to move from line to line in scrolling regions e Ifa screen appears prompting for the kind of information to enter or maintain such as on File Maintenance or Transactions screens select the appropriate option and click OK to continue e Press PgDn if prompted to move to the next section e Click Header when it appears to return to the screen s header section e Press F7 to exit the screen and return to the main menu Resource Manager User s Manual 1 35 OSAS Graphical Functions Introduction Graphical Function Screen Elements 1 36 Like the main menu graphical function screens also contain pull down menus and toolbars These menus and toolbars are described below Function Pull Down Menus Commands Menu Commands Edit Modes Other Information Help Inquiry Maintenance Proceed Start Over Field Up Field Down Abandon Delete Jump Exit lt F2 gt lt F6 gt lt PgDn gt lt PoUp gt lt Up gt lt Down gt F5 F3 lt Ctrl J gt lt F7 gt Command Inquiry Maintenance Proceed OK Start Over Field Up Field Down Abandon Delete Description Lists valid entries for the current field Opens the appropriate File Maintenance function Proceeds to the next screen or saves your e
109. Copy Account Balances Assign Account Types Change Fields Lo p prr w co co co co co eo co Company 08 28 2002 Terminal TODO OVR Use the commands to edit function lines change the order of selections and move around the screen then press W to save your changes Use the Exit F7 command to close the screen and return to the main menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 7 Menus System File Maintenance Field Definitions Field Name Application Menu Title Line Description Type Program Param 6 8 Description Enter the application ID whose menus you want to change leave the field blank to edit a company s main menu or enter OS to change the Other Commands menu Enter the name of the menu you want to change Enter the title for the menu The line number for the menu item appears Use the commands to rearrange line numbers for menu items Enter the description you want to appear It can be the name of a menu function or an informational line Enter one of these codes to indicate the line type 0 comment descriptive information only 1 menu file uses another menu file when selected 2 menu record uses another menu from the current file run executes an application program call executes a public program scall executes an operating system command info ex
110. Copy From Topic Number File Name File Number Title Key Number Start Col Start Row Total Col Total Row Description Enter the ID of the application whose windows you want to change Enter the ID of the window you want to add or change The data on file for the window appears This field appears if you entered a new window ID Enter the ID of the window you want to copy Press Enter to skip this field or enter the topic number of the data file on which this inquiry window is based Enter the name of the data file to use for this window Enter the channel index number on which the file will be opened by the functions Enter the title that you want to appear on the window Enter a sort key number for the file name you entered in the File Name field Enter the number that corresponds to the screen column where you want the window to start Enter the number that corresponds to the screen row where you want the window to start Enter the number of screen columns in the width of the window The starting column plus the number of screen columns you enter must be less than 80 Enter the number of screen rows in the length of the window The length of the window plus the starting row must be less than 25 Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Inquiry Window Definitions Field Name Inc Beg Len Exc Beg Len Return No Data Name Typ User Mask Fmt Fld Resour
111. Enter to edit the current line The Edit Original New Values dialog box appears Press to append another value to the list The Add Original New Values dialog box appears 5 Enter the current field value you want to change in the Original Value box 6 Enter the new value that you want to use for this field in the New Value box 7 Select a command e Press Tab to switch to the File Description section to specify which files change during processing Press Enter to edit the current line e Press A to append another value to the list Press B to begin the change field process e Press to return to the header section to change the selection you made for printing the log 5 20 Resource Manager User s Manual Data File Maintenance Files Resource Manager User s Manual 8 Change Fields e Press Gto go to a particular entry This option is only available when there is more than one page of entries e Press F to choose a new field ID this abandons any field changes you entered but have not yet saved Continue entering old values and new values until you have specified all of the values you want to change in the Values section The files that contain the Field ID you selected appear in the File Description section You should change IDs in all of the files as a general rule Exclude files from the change process only when your reseller or support representative instructs you to so 9 10 11 The
112. Execute an Operating System Command E 6 General Information Inquiry E 12 Global Inquiry E 10 Product Suggestions E 8 Support Information E 14 User Comments E 15 V verification button Abandon 1 43 Proceed OK 1 43 Verify exit mode pull down menu command 1 37 Verify PgDn mode pull down menu command 1 38 version compatibility matrix I 1 View File Contents function 5 11 sample report 5 13 screen 5 11 View inquiry command 1 47 View Line window 4 10 viewing comments 1 54 documents 1 58 W web browser launching within OSAS 2 25 web order prefix 3 6 Workstation date tool button 1 22 workstation date entering in graphical menus 1 22 X xxAPPL TXT file B 1 xxDATA file B 1 xxFILES TXT file B 1 xxFRST TXT file B 1 xxHELP file B 1 xxLABEL TXT file B 1 xxLAST TXT file B 2 xxMN file B 2 xxMSG file B 2 xxOI file B 2 xxSWCH file B 2 xx TB file B 2 xxWIND file B 2 X 12 Resource Manager User s Manual
113. Field Definitions Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter edit Move to the file you want to edit and press Enter The Edit Screen Entry screen appears Append Press A to add a file to the list The Append Screen Entry screen appears Goto Press G to go to a specific file in the list Delete Field ID Press D to delete the entire field definition Field ID Press F to change the field you are viewing or editing Sort Files Press S to sort the files alphabetically Append Edit Screen Entry Screen 2519 Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe OK Abandon File Name APCHx File Description AP Checks File Numeric Field Field Number 3 Field Start 7 Field Length 6 Record Test Vv Numeric Field 7 Field Number 2 Field Start 1 Field Length 1 perand ES Field Length K The Append Screen Entry screen appears when you press A to add a file to a field definition The Edit Screen Entry screen appears when you edit an existing file using the selected field Other than the name these screens are identical Enter or edit the information as necessary then use the Proceed OK command to save your changes and return to the Field Definitions screen Resource Manager User s Manual 6 53 Field Definitions System File Maintenance Field Definitions Field Name File Name Description Numeric Field Field Number Field Start Field Length Record Test Numeric Field Field Numb
114. Heading Output A sample of how the data is listed appears in the Appearance middle section of the screen 6 24 Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions Field Name Data Name Expression Label Data Type User Mask Format Field Resource Manager User s Manual Description Accept the current name for the field enter a different name or blank out the field if you want to enter a mathematical formula on the next line Enter a mathematical formula by using the Global Inquiry shorthand method or by entering valid mathematical expressions Accept the current label for the field enter a different label or blank out the field Accept the current data type or enter a different value 1 alphanumeric values 2 numeric values 3 date values 4 social security number values Enter the user defined numeric mask you want to use for numeric fields Enter the format to use for numeric data or press Enter to accept the format that appears Use any combination of these codes format as a dollar amount defaults to two decimal places format with commas inserted where necessary 0 7 format with the specified number of decimal places Z format to display totals of zero when applicable Enter the field in the file or press Enter to accept the field number that appears 6 25 Global Inquiry Definitions System File Maintenance 6 26 Field Name Start
115. If the field refers to a table for the appropriate value enter the coordinate of the record in the table you want to access if it does not leave it blank For a self join field enter an expression for the value needed to access the correct key For self join fields the number is always 1 For a cross reference by table field enter the row column reference in the format RxxCyy Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and continue with the next definition screen you selected If this is the last definition screen you selected the Global Inquiry Definition screen appears Enter another window ID to maintain or use the Exit F7 command to return to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 31 Global Inquiry Definitions System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions Global Links Screen Global Inquiry Definitions 10 xl Commands Edit Modes Other Help BxE BA OK Abandon Window APHI1 Page4of4 Global Links Label Window ID Define By Fid Pos V al Beg Len KeyPos 1 Vendors APVEO FIL 002 001 006 001 2 PO Orders POOR1T FIL 002 001 006 001 3 4 5 6 Switch Output Appearance Vendors Po orders Window Link 1 Switch Label Vendors Exclusion Application 1 Window ID AFVED ET lt lt Key Definition gt gt Define by Fld Pos val Start Lengt
116. Lists Application Information List 1 1 9 Backup Restore Commands List 11 7 Resource Manager User s Manual Company Information List 11 11 Country Codes List 11 21 Global Inquiry Window List 11 17 Inquiry Window Definitions 11 15 Menu List 11 5 Options and Interfaces List 11 27 printing 11 3 Tables List 11 19 Tax Groups List 11 25 Tax Locations List 11 23 Menu List function 11 5 sample 11 5 Menu styles 1 12 Menus function 6 7 screen 6 7 menus information menu 1 53 messages A 1 mouse commands click 1 11 deselect 1 12 double click 1 11 right click 1 11 MS DOS prompt tool button 1 26 N Next Line command function key 1 40 1 49 pull down menu command 1 40 Next Page command function key 1 40 1 49 pull down menu command 1 40 OK Proceed function key 1 36 pull down menu command 1 36 Online Documentation function key 1 39 pull down menu command 1 39 tool button 1 42 opening documents 1 58 Options and Interfaces function 3 15 list 11 27 Options screen 3 17 Options and Interfaces List function 11 27 sample 11 27 11 29 Options screen 3 17 OSAPPL file B 5 OSAS running 1 4 system requirements 1 4 OSBUF TXT file B 5 OSBUT TXT file B 5 OSCL file B 5 OSCN file B 5 OSCNVT file B 5 OSCODE file B 6 OSCOMP file B 6 OSCOPR file B 6 OSDE file B 6 OSDF file B 6 OSER file B 7 OSINFO file B 7 OSKY file B 7 OSMN file B 7 OSMNxxx file B 8 OSREF TXT file
117. Maintenance menu The Change File Size screen appears Change File Size I loj xl Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe pe mal g OK Abandon File Name 6 LJRH Description GL Journal File xDATA File Information Actual File Information File Name GLJRx File Name GLJRH File Type Highly Rec File Type Highly Rec Logical Key Size 0 Logical Key Size 0 Number of Records Dynamic Number of Records Dynamic Bytes per Record 192 Bytes per Record 192 Active Records 761 Changes File Type 8 Highly Rec Number of Records 00000000 Bytes per Record 00192 Key Chain 00 2 Keyed 8 Highly Recoverable Company 08 27 2002 Terminal T000 INS Enter the file name to resize then enter the values for the new file in the fields at the bottom of the screen Refer to the field definitions for more information Resource Manager User s Manual 5 9 Change File Size Data File Maintenance 5 10 Field Definitions Field Name Description Filename Enter the name of the file you want to resize Description The description of the file and the file s statistics appear File Type Enter 6 to create a Mkeyed multikeyed file or 8 to create a Highly Recoverable file Most OSAS data files are Highly Recoverable files to aid recovery in case of data loss or a system crash Number of Records Enter the number of records you want in the new file For a dynamically allocated Mkeyed or Highly Recoverable file enter 0 B
118. N Combined Texas Combined Houston TX Combined alla Enter edit Append Company 08 27 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Select a command e Press Enter to edit the selected tax group The Edit Tax Groups screen appears e Press A to add a tax group The Append Tax Groups screen appears e Press to go to a specific tax group line This command is available only if there is more than one page of tax groups Resource Manager User s Manual 4 11 Tax Groups Application Setup Field Definitions Field Name Description Group ID The tax group IDs appear Description A description of each tax group appears Reporting Method Toggle between Combined and Separate to indicate which reporting method you want to use Tax Levels Enter the tax location that you want at the appropriate level Tax on Tax Level Select the box or enter Y or clear the box or enter N to indicate whether or not you want to compute tax on the previous tax level Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter edit Move the prompt to the tax group you want to edit and press Enter Append Press A to add a tax group Saving and Exiting To save your entries press Enter To exit to the Application Setup menu use the Exit F7 command 4 12 Resource Manager User s Manual Application Setup Tax Groups Append Edit Tax Groups Screen Commands Edit Modes Other H
119. OGAP APAPPL TXT AP Application File APDATA 510 Dynamic APFILES TXT AP Files List APHELP AP Help File Dynamic APLABEL TXT AP Label File APMN AP Menu File Dynamic APSWCH AP Option Linkage Switches Dynamic APWIND AP Window Definitions File iDynamic Shared Files for AP on OSAS RWdata APTOP P Topic File Dynamic RWZOOD AP Vendor Dictionary Dynamic RIZODI AP Vendor RW Instructions Dynamic RWZOOM AP Vendor Key Information Dynamic RWZOON AP Vendor Names File Dynamic RWZOOR AP Vendor Report File Dynamic RWZOLD AP Transaction Dictionary Dynamic RWZOlI AP Transaction RW Instruction Dynamic RWZ01MN P Transaction Key Info Dynamic RWZ01N P Transaction Names File Dynamic RWZOlR P Transaction RW Reports Dynamic RWZOZD AP History Dictionary Dynamic pWZ202I AP History RW Instructions Dynamic RIZOZ2M AP History Key Information Dynamic BWZ02N P History Names File Dynamic PWZOZR AP History RW Reports Dynamic RWZO3D P Checks Dictionary Dynamic RWZOS3I AP Checks RW Instructions Dynamic RW203M AP Checks Key Information Dynamic RW203N AP Checks RW Names Dynamic RWZ03R AP Checks RW Reports Dynamic RWZ04D AP Open Invoice Dictionary Dynamic RUWZ04I AP Open Invoice RW Instruct Dynamic RWZ04M AP Open Invoice Key Info Dynamic RW204N AP Open Invoice RW Names Dynamic RWZ04R AP Open Invoice RW Reports Dynamic RWZOSD AP Recurring Entries Dict Dynamic RWZOST AP Recurring Entries Instruct Dynam
120. OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software Resource Manager User s Manual 2210 RM65 O 2003 Open Systems Holdings Corp All rights reserved Document Number 2210 RM65 No part of this manual may be reproduced by any means without the written permission of Open Systems Inc OPEN SYSTEMS and OSAS are registered trademarks and Resource Manager Resource Manager for Windows and Report Writer are trademarks of Open Systems Holdings Corp BB is a trademark and PRO 5 and Visual PRO 5 are registered tradmarks of BASIS International Ltd Novell and Net Ware are registered trademarks of Novell Inc Microsoft Windows Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows NT Windows 2000 and MS DOS are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Adobe and Acrobat are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Inc TrueType is a registered trademark of Apple Computer Inc Printed in U S A This manual is recyclable April 2003 Release 6 5 This document has been prepared to conform to the current release version of OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software Because of our extensive development efforts and our desire to further improve and enhance the software inconsistencies may exist between the software and the documentation in some instances Call your customer support representative if you encounter an inconsistency Open Systems Inc 1157 Valley Park Drive Suite 105 Shakopee Minnesota 55379 General Telephone 952 403 5700 General Fax 952 496 2495
121. OPSL AR Top 10 Customers L Y Sales Totals The ARCTOPSL function returns the customers that provided the most sales last year in descending order the amount from the sales the customer representative and the territory associated with the customer Setup types Company ID Sub 1 G 18 Type Alphanumeric Description 1 Customer Name Resource Manager User s Manual Sub a ON Type Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 1 Customer Profit 1 Customer Rep 1 Customer Territory 2 Customer Name 2 Customer Profit 2 Customer Rep 2 Customer Territory 3 Customer Name 3 Customer Profit 3 Customer Rep 3 Customer Territory 4 Customer Name 4 Customer Profit 4 Customer Rep 4 Customer Territory 5 Customer Name 5 Customer Profit 5 Customer Rep 5 Customer Territory 6 Customer Name 316 Customer Profit Predefined Functions Predefined Functions Sub 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 ARCTOPSP AR top 10 Customers PTD Sales Totals The ARCTOPSP function returns the customers that provided the most sales for the period to date in de
122. Output the Report The type of menus you use controls which options are available to output reports If you are using graphical function screens you have the following output options Printer Print Preview File or E mail for selected reports If you are using text function screens you have these options Printer Preview File Screen or E mail for selected reports See the following instructions for details If you are using graphical screens the Output Information dialog box appears after you select the range of information to print in the report Output Information E xj Windows Default Printer Laser PDL Print Dialog Laser Printer PSL Print Setup Laser LPD Windows Default Printer Dot Matrix PDD Print Dialog Dot Matrix Pint Preview PSD Print Setup Dot Matrix ao LPW Windows Default Printer Wide Carriage C File PDW Print Dialog Wide Carriage Dot Matrix Compressed PSW Print Setup Wide Carriage Dot Matrix File Name C OSASB5 data Browse OK Cancel If you are using text screens these options appear at the bottom of the screen after you select what to print in the report and how it is organized Output device P rinter p Rjeview F ile S creen Bj na 1 60 Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction Reports Print the Report 1 2 Select Printer in graphical screens or enter in text screens If multiple printers are available for the termin
123. Printers 6 45 Support Information 6 47 User Login Activity 6 49 Field Definitions 6 51 E Mail Setup 6 57 Resource Manager User s Manual Application Information Use the Application Information function to maintain information about the applications on your system Select Application Information from the System File Maintenance menu The Application Information screen appears Application Information E lol xl Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe g OK Abandon Application Code RM Description Resource Manager Base Application aj Installed YES Version 6 50 Date Installed 08 13 2002 Program Directory C OSAS65 progRM Verification File RMTB Last Maintenance None Company 08 28 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Select an application to view or edit information about that application then make any changes as needed When you re finished use the Proceed OK command to save your entries Next enter another application ID to work with or use the Exit F7 command to return to the System File Maintenance menu Refer to the field definitions for more information Resource Manager User s Manual 6 3 Application Information System File Maintenance Field Definitions 6 4 Field Name Application Code Description Base Application Installed Version Date Installed Program Directory Verification File Last Maintenance Description Enter
124. R NEW YORK DOME 183 707 8 CASH SALES MINNEAPOLIS 138 197 9 SUNSHINE HOMES INC 77 318 9 CASH SALES BALTIMORE 108 137 10 0 10 CASH SALES OAKLAND CA 66 487 Company 08 06 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Use the commands to refresh the data or view more detailed information See Commands on page 7 3 for more information Press F7 to exit the dashboard and return to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 7 15 Top 10 Items The Top 10 Items dashboard provides a list of the top 10 items ranked by year to date sales dollars Select Top 10 Items from the EIS Dashboards menu The Top 10 Items dashboard appears and lists the items the company sells most often 2515 Commands Edit Modes Other EIS Functions Help BxE BB an Item Description YTD Sales 1h ET Heating Cooling Package 933 819 68 2 150 Plumbing Package 708 956 62 3 650 Steel Supports 578 775 94 4 100 Electrical Package 450 139 21 5 250 Exterior Panels 250 156 53 5 400 Interior Materials 188 559 07 7 700 Cabinets 131 208 26 8 550 Millwork Package 106 817 84 8 450 Slide by Window 24 x 40 97 968 62 10 350 Entry Door 51 879 34 Company 09 06 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Use the commands to refresh the data or view more detailed information See Commands on page 7 3 for more information Press F7 to exit the dashboard and return to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual
125. Restore Command Tape Backup Command Tape Restore Command 6 42 Description Enter a floppy backup command or accept the current command You can include these variable values dir the path where the files are stored select the file name criteria that matches the application and company you requested flop the path for the backup media The variables are replaced by the run time values automatically when the commands are executed Enter a floppy restore command or accept the current command You can include the variable values listed above in the command The variables are replaced by the run time values automatically when the commands are executed Enter a tape backup command or accept the current command You can include these variable values dir the path where the files are stored select the file name criteria that matches the application and company you requested tape the path for the tape device The variables are replaced by the run time values automatically when the commands are executed Enter a tape restore command or accept the current command You can include the variable values listed above in the command The variables are replaced by the run time values automatically when the commands are executed Resource Manager User s Manual Form Codes Use the Form Codes function to set up and maintain codes for the forms you use in the OSAS applications you have instal
126. Sy Void Checks and Stop Payments 2 File Maintenance gt N BR Journal LL Master File Lists gt Bank Account Register N Post Transactions OQSAS OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software ra 4 Yvvvvvvvvvvv OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software You can exit from a menu in these ways Press the left arrow key to go to the previous menu one menu up e the mouse over a different menu choice Press the Tab key to go to the OSAS menu e Click the Close box in the upper right corner of the window to close OSAS e Use Exit F7 to close OSAS e Select Exit from the File menu to close OSAS Resource Manager User s Manual 1 21 OSAS Graphical Menu Introduction Main Menu Elements 1 22 Pull Down Menus When using the graphical menus you can use the pull down menus and toolbar buttons to access functions without using the function keys While the function keys work in graphical menus the menu bar and toolbar buttons give you a choice in accessing these functions The OSAS pull down menu bar is shown below TOOO OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software File Modes Tools Favorites Other Help To access the menu s commands click one of the menu titles The menu for that heading appears and lists available commands followed by any hot key combinations in brackets To use a command either click the command name or press the hot key s listed File Menu File Modes Tools Favo
127. T HDR files stores general conversion information Resource Manager User s Manual B 5 File Descriptions OSCODE Access Codes The OSCODE file stores such access code information as the access name menu type program menu parameter and access code for each user If no access code exists for a company all the menu selections are valid If an access code exists for a company the information is stored in the OSCODE file Set up access codes through the Access Codes function OSCOMP Company The OSCOMP file stores the company names addresses and numeric mask defaults associated with company IDs Each time a new company ID is defined in the Company Information function a record is added to this file OSCOPR Copyrights Messages The OSCOPR file stores copyright messages for applications enhancements and add ons OSDE Device Setup The OSDE file stores information needed to construct a maintenance screen for the Devices function OSDF Workstation Defaults The OSDF file holds information about the default values used for each workstation toggle defaults field defaults and directory defaults Set up defaults on your workstation through the Defaults function OSEL E mail History The OSEL file stores the addresses of the sender and recipient the date and time the subject and the application ID and menu title of e mail messages sent through OSAS Use the E Mail History Report function to view the contents of this f
128. The system cannot create the directory you specified Check the drive letter and the spelling of the pathname and try again Unable to Delete screen name You cannot delete the screen Check whether the screen is under restricted access Unable to execute program program The system cannot run the program you selected from the menu Make sure that the program file shown in the message is present in the application s program directory then select the function again A 16 Resource Manager User s Manual References System Messages Unable to load company information The system cannot access the company information file Someone may be using the Company Information function Try again later If the situation persists get help from a support technician Unable to load menu record record from file file The menu record for the application is not in the menu file or the menu file is missing Make sure that the application is properly installed and try again Unable to load PREFIX information Someone may be editing the directory records or application information files Try again later You can get more help from a support technician Unable to load workstation information Someone may be editing the workstation defaults or configuration records Try again later You can get more help from a support technician Unable to lock file in use You cannot run a function that must lock a file that is being used by another
129. Time field gives you an idea of the relative time it takes to change the field in a given file Files where this code or ID are a part of the key to the file can be changed more quickly than files where each record in the file must be scanned for the code or ID Each file is rated as Short or Long to denote the estimated time required to change the field The Tag field denotes whether the file is affected by the copy process Tag the file to change fields in the file Select a command e Press Tab to switch to the Values section of the screen Press Enter to toggle a file as included or excluded from the copy process e Press A to tag all of the files e Press N to untag all of the files e Press to begin the change field process 5 21 Change Fields Data File Maintenance e Press to return to the header section to change the selection you made for printing the log e Press Gto go to a particular entry This option is only available when there is more than one page of entries e Press F to choose a new field ID this abandons any field changes you entered but have not yet saved 12 When you have tagged the files you want to change press B to begin the change process When the changes are complete the log prints if you elected to produce it 13 Enter a new Field ID to change or use the Exit F7 command to return to the File Maintenance menu 5 22 Resource Manager User s Manual Data File Maintenance Chan
130. W J TASU dd T9 12YT9 Er 20us J UISEA 10154 Ival qII 19779 Er 230485 1410594 14154 LYAL AID 5 13 Resource Manager User s Manual File Rebuild Verify Use the File Rebuild Verify function to rebuild your data files or to verify that they are still usable This function works with data files on local or mapped drives only It does not rebuild files on data server paths If you use OSAS Client Server you must either map a drive to the data files to run this function or run the rebuild program through the operating system locally on the data server machine To run the mkrecover rebuild program through the operating system change to the directory where the program is located usually in the data server directory and type the command for the operating system you use substitute the full path and file name of the file you want to rebuild for lt filename gt in the commands shown Windows mkrecover IREBUILD TXT lt filename gt UNIX Linux mkrecover IREBUILD TXT filename Resource Manager User s Manual 5 15 5 16 File Rebuild Verify Data File Maintenance Select File Rebuild Verify from the Data File Maintenance menu The File Rebuild Verify screen appears File Rebuild Verify E lol x Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe g OK Abandon File to Rebuild Verify RMTB Company 08 27 2002 Ter
131. Week Discount Numeric Week Net Due Numeric Week Discount Numeric Week Net Due Numeric Week Discount Numeric Week Net Due Numeric Week Discount Numeric Week Net Due Numeric Week Discount Numeric Beyond Net Due Numeric Beyond Discount Alphanumeric Today s Date Alphanumeric Week 1 Date Alphanumeric Week Date Alphanumeric Week Date Alphanumeric Week Date Alphanumeric Week Date Alphanumeric Week Date E i Qi RON I 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 8 42 Resource Manager User s Manual Setup Definitions List Use the Setup Definitions List function to produce a list of setup IDs This list is valuable if you want to change the setup IDs and you need a list for comparison A sample list is on page 8 44 Follow these steps to print the list 1 Select Setup Definitions List from the EIS Master File Lists menu The Setup Definitions List screen appears Setup Definitions List zzi xl Commands Edit Modes Other Help xts m amp ms e OK Abandon Pick SetuplD From ALLINV aj Thru GLSALEAT aj Print Full Detail C Summary Only Company 09 06 2002 Terminal T000 OVR 2 Enter the range of setup IDs you want to include in the list 3 Select the level of detail Select Full Detail to print type and range of each setup ID Select Summary Only to print only the setup ID and description 4 Select the output device to begin printing the list See Output the Report on page 1 60 for
132. ached and edit the attachment to change the direction of the slashes used in the directory path If the directory path contains backward slashes change them to forward slashes and vice versa e Press Gto go to a specific document line This command is available only when there is more than one screen of line items Use the Exit F7 command to return to the function screen from which you accessed the Documents command when you finish viewing documents 1 58 Resource Manager User s Manual Reports Selecting a Range of Information Sorting To produce a report you must specify the amount of information you want in the report e To produce a report that includes all the available information leave the From Thru fields on the report screen blank For example if you want information about all the vendors to be in a report leave the Vendor ID From and Thru fields blank e limit the amount of information in the report enter the range of information in the From Thru fields For example if you want a report to include information only about vendor ACE001 enter ACEO01 at both From and Thru If you want the report to include information only about vendors that start with CO enter CO at From and COZZZZ at Thru Each field where you enter information on a report screen usually restricts the overall output of the report For example if you leave the Vendor ID From and Thru fields blank the report contains information
133. aintenance menu to enter the function s ID and description EIHIST Field History file The EIHIST file stores field values and the dates and times that the field was updated If you save an EIS Dashboard to history values from the fields are saved here The EISCR file saves only the EIS Dashboard s ID and title The information is retrieved from the EIHIST file when you produce the Dashboard History Report EISCR Screens file The EISCR file stores a list of the stored EIS Dashboard IDs and descriptions This information is updated when you build or save the layout of an EIS Dashboard and is retrieved when you load an EIS Dashboard Resource Manager User s Manual B 3 File Descriptions The values from an EIS Dashboard are not stored here they are stored in the EIHIST file because the system does not distinguish between one field and a group of fields When you save an EIS Dashboard the values of the fields are sent to the EIHIST file as though you had saved each field individually Only the ID and title of the EIS Dashboard are stored in the EISCR file EISTDTA Setup Data file The EISTDTA file stores the data retrieved from each setup ID when a field value is recalculated The data includes the type and From Thru information When you define a function you use setup IDs to specify the type of information you want returned and the range within those types for example a cash balance for one company or a range of companie
134. aj Pick Date Time From a 3 i 3 Company 09 06 2002 Terminal TODO OVR 2 Select the field ID for which you want to print a report 3 Enter the range of dates and times for which you want to print values 4 Select the output device to being printing the report See Output the Report on page 1 60 for information on output devices After the report is produced the EIS Reports menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 8 13 Field History Executive Information Summary Field History Report 08 07 2002 Builders Supply l0 40 AM Field History Report Accounts Payable Balance Date Time Value 09 30 2001 18 47 14 499 326 93 10 31 2001 17 43 11 499 326 93 11 30 2001 18 30 10 499 326 93 End of Report 8 14 Resource Manager User s Manual Global Dashboard Update Use the Global Dashboard Update function on the EIS Periodic Maintenance menu to recalculate all the fields on all the EIS Dashboards to save the values of the screens in history or both Select Global Dashboard Update from the EIS Periodic Maintenance menu The Global Dashboard Update screen appears Global Dashboard Update 4 Ioj xl Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xXt OK Abandon Calculate Values for All Dashboards Transfer Calculated Values to History Start Date 08 29 2002 Time 10 04 Company 08 23 2002 Terminal T000 OVR If you want to calculate
135. ake one of three actions e Select Yes or press to delete the record from the file e Select No or press Enter to leave the record in the file e Use the Exit F7 command to leave all remaining records in the file and return to the Data File Maintenance menu After you process the last record in the file you can enter another file name from which to purge records or use the Exit F7 command to return to the Data File Maintenance menu Refer to the field descriptions below for more information Field Definitions Field Name Description Filename Enter the name of the file to purge Description The description and other statistics for the file appear Key Chain A key chain represents a primary key used in the table to sort and organize data Enter the number of the key chain you want to use to locate the records to remove Refer to the File Descriptions Manual for more information on key chains Starting Key Enter the first key you want to view when purging records 5 18 Resource Manager User s Manual Change Fields Use the Change Fields function to change any code from one value to another This function changes codes for any application To produce a list of fields changed use the Print Log feature A sample of the log appears on page 5 23 Select Change Fields from the Data File Maintenance menu The Change Fields screen appears 2
136. al either select the printer from the list or enter the appropriate code for the printer and press Enter Use the Devices function on the Resource Manager Workstation Configuration menu to add printers to the terminal When available either select Standard or enter S if you want to print the report in standard width or select Compressed or enter C if you want to print it in compressed width Click OK or press Enter to begin printing the report If you want to stop printing after it has begun press Ctrl Break Click OK or press Enter to continue View the Report using Print Preview Windows Workstations Only The Print Preview option is only available for workstations running Windows However before Print Preview will work you must add a sysprint device line in the config bbx file for that printer Use the Devices function on the Resource Manager Workstation Configuration menu to add this line Follow these steps to view a report using Print Preview 1 2 Select Print Preview in graphical screens or enter R in text screens If multiple printers are available for the terminal either select the printer from the list or enter the appropriate code for the printer and press Enter Use the Devices function on the Resource Manager Workstation Configuration menu to add printers to the terminal Click OK or press Enter to continue Resource Manager User s Manual 1 61 Reports Introduction 4 When available eithe
137. al Entries Resource Manager User s Manual G 33 Predefined Functions GLMPTD GL Master File PTD Totals The GLMPTD function returns the general ledger balances for the period actual budgeted last year s and forecast Setup types Company ID GL Account Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Actual Balance 2 Numeric Budget Balance 3 Numeric Last Year Balance 4 Numeric Forecast Balance GLMYTD GL Master File YTD Totals The GLMYTD function returns the general ledger balances for the period actual budgeted last year s and forecast Setup types Company ID GL Accounts Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Actual Balance 2 Numeric Budget Balance 3 Numeric Last Year Balance 4 Numeric Forecast Balance G 34 Resource Manager User s Manual Predefined Functions INVALUE Inventory Valuation Totals The INVALUE function returns the amount of product you have in inventory the total cost the amount of product you have on order the amount you have committed and the amount in use Setup types Company ID Warehouse ID Item Number Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric 5 Numeric Description Total Cost Total Quantity On Order Quantity Committed Quantity In Use Quantity INVTOPPP Inventory Top 10 Items PTD Profit Totals The INVTOPPP function returns the 10 most profitable items from inventory for the period the ID and description the amount taken in from sales and the quantity so
138. aler s name and contact information or any notes you want to remember about the dealer 2 Enter or edit the United States or Canadian phone number you call for support and make sure the correct URL address www osas com appears in the Web Site field 3 Use the Proceed OK command to save any changes and return to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 47 User Login Activity Use the User Login Activity function to view which OS AS functions are in use and the last menu option accessed by other users The Track user login activity option must be set to Yes for the company in the Options and Interfaces function on the Company Setup menu before you can access this function Select User Login Activity from the System File Maintenance menu The User Login Activity screen appears User Login Activity BEE Commands Edi Modes Other Scroll Commands Help F xt nemas e6 0 User ID Term AP Menu Selection Time TODO RM User Login Activity 001 GL Transactions 21 32P T002 50 Cash Receipts 21 33P 06 25 2002 T003 Exited from OSAS 21 34P 06 25 2002 Sort by Terminal ID Refresh Sort View detail Company 06 25 2002 Terminal T000 OVA Select a command Press R to refresh the information on the screen e Press S to change the order users appear on the screen The Select Sort Me
139. anumeric Numeric Description 7 Vendor Name 7 Vendor Purchases 8 Vendor Name 8 Vendor Purchases 9 Vendor Name 9 Vendor Purchases 10 Vendor Name 10 Vendor Purchases ARAGED AR Open Invoice File Aged Totals The ARAGED function returns current aging totals from the customer Open Invoice file Setup types Company ID Sub 1 WN A G 10 Type Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric Description Unpaid Finance Charges Current Due Balance 31 60 Balance 61 90 Balance 91 120 Balance Over 120 Unapplied Credits Total Resource Manager User s Manual Predefined Functions Sub Type 8 Numeric 9 Numeric 10 Numeric 11 Numeric 12 Numeric Description Total Due Invoice Count Customer Count Active Customer Count Past Due Customer Count ARCASH AR Cash Receipts File Totals The ARCASH function returns totals from the Cash Receipts file broken down by payment type Setup types Company ID Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric 5 Numeric 6 Numeric 7 Numeric 8 Numeric 9 Numeric 10 Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description Receipts Total Discounts Total Payment Type 1 Total Cash Payment Type 1 Total Cash Payment Type 2 Total Check Payment Type 2 Total Check Payment Type 3 Total Credit Card Payment Type 3 Total Credit Card Payment Type 4 Total Write off Payment Type 4 Total Write
140. any Ranges Field ID APHDBMFR AP Detail History Debit Memo Freight Daily Display Mask 999 999 999 Formula F1 7 Function Description Setup Description l APHIDAY AP Detail History File Daily Totals COMP Company Ranges Field ID APHDBPFR AP Detail History Debit Memo Freight PTD Display Mask 999 999 999 Formula F1 7 f Function Description Description l APHIPTD P Detail History File PTD Totals Company Ranges Field ID APHDBPMI AP Detail History Debit Memo Misc PTD Display Mask 999 999 999 Formula F1 8 Function Description Description 1 APHIPTD AP Detail History File PTD Totals Company Ranges Field ID APHDBPST AP Detail History Debit Memo Subtotal PTD Display Mask 999 999 999 Formula F1 5 Function Description Description 1 APHIPTD AP Detail History File PTD Totals Company Ranges Field ID APHDBPTO AP Detail History Debit Memos Total PTD Display Mask 999 999 999 Formula FL S FL 6 F1 7 F1 8 f Function Description Description 1 APHIPTD AP Detail History File PTD Totals Company Ranges Resource Manager User s Manual Functions List Use the Functions List function to produce a list of functions the system recognizes This list is valuable if you are defining or editing functions and you need a hard copy for comparison A sample list is on page 8 42 Follow these steps to print the list 1 Select Functions List from the EIS Master File Lists menu The Functions List screen appears
141. appear When you are finished viewing the information press any key to continue Resource Manager User s Manual E 9 Other Commands Global Inquiry Use the Global Inquiry command from the Other Commands menu to gather information from all the OSAS files and applications with a common field To produce a list of the windows use the Global Inquiry Window List function To produce a report of occurrences where links between windows are not continuous use the Global Inquiry Window Audit Report function The applications on the Global Inquiry menu are set up in the PARAM table in the Application Tables function Each application is assigned a window ID whose characteristics were either installed with Resource Manager or set up in the Global Inquiry Definitions function Setting up a Global Inquiry window definition requires knowledge of the file structures in OSAS If you are not familiar with OSAS file structures and you do not have a File Descriptions Manual consult your value added reseller before you add or change a Global Inquiry window definition You can use the Global Inquiry Definitions and Application Tables functions to establish and update information about Global Inquiry window IDs A simple installation accomplishes the same tasks As a result when you use the Global Inquiry command the windows should be set up and logically connected to each other with convenient categories usually named after applications as opti
142. applies to daily monthly and so on or the type of report transactions history and so on Select Report Classes from the Print Manager File Maintenance menu to set up and maintain report classes The Report Classes screen appears 3 Report Classes Commands Edit Modes Other Help xt mmm m e OK Abandon Report Class ACC 3 Description accounting Reports Company 05 26 2000 Terminal T000 OVA Select the report class code you want to work with then enter or edit the class s description The system uses this information to remind you to load the proper paper before you print a report and to sort reports on the report control screen Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries Next enter another report class to work with or use the Exit F7 command to return to the Print Manager File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 9 15 Parameter Maintenance Use the Parameter Maintenance function to set up and maintain the defaults for the archive directory and document file names Select Parameter Maintenance from the Print Manager File Maintenance menu The Parameter Maintenance screen appears EN Parameters gt Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2 xel OK Abandon Archive Directory c Zarchives reports Next Automatic File Name 0010 H Next Archive File Name A 0121 H Company 05 26 2000 Terminal TODO OVR Enter the
143. ar at Hints the bottom of the screen to remind you of their use Ctrl V Toggles verification on and off If verification is Verify turned on you must press a key twice to verify that you want to perform an operation Verification is on when the Verify flag appears at the bottom of the screen Messages Messages appear at the bottom of the screen when a command is unavailable or when OSAS needs information to continue r Verification Press lt PgDn gt to proceed 1 34 Resource Manager User s Manual OSAS Graphical Functions On Windows workstations you can choose to use the graphical mode for function screens These screens contain all the functionality of text screens presented in a graphical mode similar to other Windows software programs La Textocations M 2515 Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help gr Abandon 2 gt xec pajma 7 e Tax Location MNMPLS Level 2 Authority Tax Liability Acct Class Description Consumer Goods n Resale Sales 00 amp 02 Exempt Sales 00 aj Ind Agr Prod 0 000 0 000 00 00 Interstate Comm 0 000 0 000 oo 00 Motor Vehicles 0 000 0 000 00 00 Food Products 0 000 0 000 00 00 Clothing 0 000 0 000 00 00 y Gasoline 0 000 0 000 00 00 y Services 0 000 0 000 oo 00 xi Total 00 00 Calculated 00 00 Over Short 00 00 Enter edit Tax Loc First Last Next Prev View Header
144. ard for your own use You can also change or create the field definitions setup IDs or functions used in the dashboard See see Field Definitions on page 8 19 Setup on page 8 23 Functions on page 8 27 and Dashboard Editor on page 8 33 for more information 8 4 Resource Manager User s Manual Executive Information Summary EIS Dashboard Display Command Definitions To activate the commands on the dashboard screen in graphical mode right click on any field and select the appropriate command from the menu that appears To activate the command on the dashboard screen in text mode press the letter key associated with the command Command Update Recalc Global Setup Field View Edit Load History Saving and Exiting Description Select Update or press U to update the information in the fields when used on a network Select Recalc or press R to recalculate a field so that you have the latest information Select Global or press G to recalculate all the fields on the screen for the latest information Select Setup or press S to view information within a range Select Field or press F to change the field definition Select View or press V to view information about how the highlighted field was calculated and what values it was designed to produce Select Edit or press E to reconfigure the dashboard Select Load or press L to load a different dashboard Select Histo
145. assword apple123 E Mail From dsmith osas com Timezone CST Company 09 04 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Resource Manager User s Manual 6 57 E Mail Setup System File Maintenance 2 Enter the name of your e mail server 3 If your SMTP server requires authentication enter your login ID and password otherwise leave these fields blank 4 Enter your e mail address in the E Mail From field OSAS uses the address you entered in the E Mail From field in the Workstation Configuration Defaults function page 2 25 first when creating e mail messages If you leave that field blank OSAS uses the address you enter here when creating e mail messages 5 Enter your time zone for example CST for Central Standard Time MDT for Mountain Daylight Time and so on 6 Use the Proceed OK command to save your changes and return to the System File Maintenance menu 7 test the system send an e mail to yourself Select a Master File List that can be e mailed the Options and Interfaces List for example and then select the e mail option Enter your e mail address in the E Mail To field then use the Proceed OK command to send the e mail If the e mail does not arrive there is some problem with the information you entered about your e mail system Consult your IT department or network specialist for assistance 6 58 Resource Manager User s Manual EIS Dashboards Overview Company Summary Cash Requirements Fo
146. ation Comments History Documents Not all of the commands above appear on every Information menu instead commands are available only as they are relevant to the task you are performing For example if you are entering a transaction in Accounts Receivable you can access comments or documents about items or customers but not about employees or vendors Information The Information command gives you general information about the subject For customers the Information command lists sale amounts and important dates while for inventory items the same command lists quantities types and base prices When the Information screen appears enter the ID for which you want to view information Use the commands available at the bottom of the screen to scroll between or select a new ID then use the Exit F7 command to return to the function screen from which you accessed the Information command Resource Manager User s Manual 1 53 Information Menu Introduction Comments Use the Comments command when it appears to view comments added through File Maintenance functions or to add comments about a customer item vendor employee or job The Comments screen appears after you access the Comments command The Customer Comments screen is shown below as an example Customer Comments P Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help 2X mal g Dr Customer
147. ax class to which you want to move This command is available only if there is more than one page of tax classes e Press F7 when you have finished to close the screen Resource Manager User s Manual 4 3 Tax Locations Use the Tax Locations function on the Application Setup menu to set up and maintain the authorities for which you accumulate sales taxes Set up tax classes before setting up tax locations Screen Use Screen Tax Locations Edit Tax Cass View Tax Class Resource Manager User s Manual Description Use the Tax Locations screen to add or change tax location records Use the Edit Tax Class screen to change the information used to calculate sales tax for a tax class in this tax location Use the View Tax Class screen to look at but not change tax class detail information 4 5 Tax Locations Application Setup Tax Locations Screen Modes Other Scroll Commands Help Commands Edit lE x 2xe re ma g Gk Abandon Tax Location MN El Name Tax Level Tax ID Authority e Tax on g e Tax Liability Acct 5 Tax Refundable Acct aj Class Description Sales Tax Purch Tax Tax Collected Tax Paid 6 500 1307 00 bbt Motor Vehicles Food Products Clothing xj Gasoline Services xj Total 1307 00 00 Calculated 1307 01 00 Dver Short 01 00 Enter edit Tax Loc First Last Next
148. ay s reminders Press N to view the following day s reminders Press M to move the selected reminder to another date Select S to send a reminder to another terminal ID Press D to return to the Pop Up Calendar screen Select G to move to a specific message Resource Manager User s Manual Application Setup Pop Up Calendar Add Edit Reminder Screen 2 Add Reminder Bi ES Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2x6 BA DB OK Abandon Friday June 16 2002 Status Read Type Pi ate From Lisa Subject Call Los Angeles Dome Homes Cal Carol at Los Angeles Domes to follow up on our request for a payment on account Per Tom place account on hold if check not leena _ _ _ received Command Bar Definitions Command Definition Type Enter P to send a private reminder to a specified user ID Enter G to send a global reminder message to all users To Enter the terminal ID of the recipient of the reminder From Enter your user ID Subject Enter the subject of the reminder Reminder Lines Enter up to ten lines of text for this reminder When you are finished use the Proceed OK command to send the reminder Resource Manager User s Manual 4 27 Data File Maintenance Backup Restore Application Tables Change File Size View File Contents File Rebuild Verify Purge Data Records Change Fields User Defined Field Setup Resource Manager User s Manual 5 3
149. ce Manager User s Manual Description Enter the position of the key where the inclusion mask begins Then enter the length of the inclusion mask Enter the position of the key where the exclusion mask begins Then enter the length of the exclusion mask Enter the number of the data name you want to return to the calling program Enter a name for the field for reference only Enter the data type for the Data Name field 1 to display characters 2 to display numbers 3 to display dates 4 to display telephone numbers 5 to display social security numbers Enter the company defined user mask you want to use for the field Enter a code that identifies the way the data should be formatted Use any combination of these characters format as a dollar amount defaults to two decimal places format with commas inserted where necessary 1 7 format with the specified number of decimal places Z format to display totals of zero when applicable Enter the number of the data name s field in the record Inquiry Window Definitions System File Maintenance Field Name Description Beg Len Enter the character in the field at which to start and the length of the data Col Enter the number of the first column to display the data Headings Output Enter the column headings as you want them to appear Do not press Enter until after you enter all the column headings The number of characters you can enter is determined by the
150. cess a line for editing Esc Opens a window listing available commands for the screen Ins Toggles between insert and overwrite modes for entry When the Ins flag appears the characters you enter push other characters in the field to the right If there is no Ins flag the characters you enter overwrite other characters in the field PgUp Moves back to the first field on the screen or the first field after the key field without erasing any entries PgDn Approves the data on the screen updates the data file accordingly and proceeds to the next field or section Tab Moves the cursor to the next block or field that requires an entry Up Down Moves the cursor up or down through the fields arrow F1 Help Esc H Opens the help description for the current field Resource Manager User s Manual 1 31 OSAS Text Functions Introduction 1 32 Command Key F2 Inquiry F3 Delete F4 Others F5 Abandon F6 Maint F7 Exit F8 Print Screen F9 Undo Typing F10 Delete Shift F2 Info Menu Alternate PANT Description Key Esc W Opens the Inquiry screen for the current field This command is available for a field when the Inquiry flag appears at the bottom of the screen See Inquiry Commands on page 1 46 for more information Esc D Deletes the current record or line item when allowed Esc 0 Opens a utility menu similar to the Other Commands menu on graphical screens See Other Com
151. click defined 1 11 CNVTLOG file B 2 Colors changing 2 5 function 2 5 groups 2 6 Command Help pull down menu command 1 38 commands accessing C 2 in field editing 1 49 report 1 64 scroll region 1 49 comments adding 1 56 editing 1 56 viewing 1 54 common ratios current ratio F 2 days receivables F 2 debt to asset ratio F 2 debt to equity ratio F 2 number of inventory turns F 2 quick ratio F 2 return of equity F 2 return on assets ROA F 2 return on investment ROI F 2 working capital F 1 companies changing 1 27 Company Information X 2 function 3 3 screen 3 4 Company Information List function 11 11 sample 11 11 company parameter 1 4 compatible applications I 1 conventions report 1 59 user s manual 1 11 Copy function key 1 37 1 50 pull down menu command 1 37 tool button 1 42 Country Codes function 3 21 3 23 screen 3 21 Country Codes List function 11 21 sample 11 21 Ctrl J function key 1 37 Ctrl Z function key 1 37 cursor moving down or forward one field 1 36 moving up or back one field 1 36 selecting item 1 47 Cursor end function key 1 50 Cursor home function key 1 50 Cursor left function key 1 49 Cursor right function key 1 49 Customer Vendor Inventory Lookup function key 1 41 1 48 pull down menu command 1 41 D Data File Allocation Report function 10 5 sample 10 5 Data File Conversion function 3 11 screen 3 11 Resource Manager User s
152. combination of fields to select specific information to print on the list The Inquiry F2 command is usually available with these list boxes Resource Manager User s Manual 11 3 Printing a Master File List Master File Lists If the screen contains selection options as in the Print By box in the example select the option to use when printing the list You can select only one option If the screen contains check boxes as in the lower portion of the example screen select the check box or press Y in text mode to print that type of information in the list Clear the check box or press N in text mode if you do not want to print that type of information in the list Select the output device to begin printing the list See Output the Report on page 1 60 for more information After you product the list the Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual Menu List The Menu List shows the menus that are on your system for a range of companies applications or menu IDs that you select Menu List 08 29 2002 Main Menu Main Menu Cont 08 29 2002 Information Inquiry Daily Work Management Reports Resource Manager User s Manual Builders Supply Menu List Builders Supply Description GENERAL Report Writer ODBC Kit Bills of Materials Kitting Bank Reconciliation Payroll with Direct Deposit Fixed Assets General Ledger Inventory Job Cost OSAS Web BZB Purchase Orde
153. cursor by default enter A If you want the character you type to replace the one the cursor is on enter I In some applications quick entry lets you skip nonessential fields on a screen If you want the cursor to stop only at fields that require new data enter A If you need to change a nonessential field when quick entry is active use the up arrow key to move back to the field after you pass it or click on the field in graphical mode If you want the cursor to stop at every field you can change on the screen enter I the normal mode 2 27 Defaults Workstation Configuration Field Name Description Allow Exit If you want to exit from OSAS and run other programs enter the normal setting If you want to prevent exiting from OSAS enter I Copyrights If you want the copyrights of OSAS to appear on your workstation each time you start OSAS in text mode enter A if not enter I You can view copyrights in graphical mode by using the About command on the Help pull down menu Live Data If you want to use OSAS with live data files enter A the normal setting You can still toggle to the sample data path by pressing F5 on the main menu If you want use OSAS with sample data only enter I the demo setting Verify PgDn If you want to confirm the Proceed OK command by issuing the command a second time enter A if not enter I Compressed If you want to be able to select compressed screen printing in text mode
154. d the beginning date of the next period Change the dates of the periods Cannot change this option Change option foptionnumber to optionvalue You must change the option in the message before you can change the current option Cannot find terminaltype The terminal type or termcap entry you specified is not in the termcap file Enter a different terminal type Cannot open print device devicename The printer you specified cannot be accessed now Make sure that the printer is online If you want to quit without printing press Ctrl Break Cannot rebuild this type of file You cannot use the Rebuild Verify function for the file you selected Cannot Perform Calculations With Strings A string is a set of literal characters within quotation marks You cannot use string variables in a formula for example SALES F1 1 is an invalid formula Changing the column length may alter the display of data If you change the column length the data will be reorganized to fit that column length which may produce undesirable results Resource Manager User s Manual A 3 System Messages References Changing the number of columns may alter the display of data If you change the number of columns that data will be reorganized into the number of columns you specified which may produce undesirable results Column must be between 1 and 78 The position of the column must be in the range through 78 Enter a number in this rang
155. des Other Scroll Commands Help Gk Abandon 2xe ae Field ID APTVIPP Description Display Mask Function ID Setup ID Le p pr 4 4 Function 001 of 001 Enter edit Append Header Math Formula Company 09 06 2002 Terminal T000 OVR 4 4 Field Definitions Field Name Description Inquiry Field ID Enter the ID of the field you want to work with Inquiry Copy From This field appears if you enter a new field ID Enter the ID of the field from which you want to copy field information Description Press Enter to use the current description or enter a different description for the field Display Mask Press Enter to use the current mask or enter a new one Inquiry Function ID The function ID refers to the operation you want Maint performed on the data and the information you want in return 8 20 Resource Manager User s Manual Executive Information Summary Field Definitions Field Name Inquiry Setup ID Maint Description The setup ID refers to a range of data to which you want to confine the associated function s operations You can enter any setup ID that includes setup information matching the setup types defined for the function ID you entered Command Bar Definitions Command Enter edit Append Header Math formula Saving and Exiting Description Move to t
156. directory path where you want to store archived print files If the directory you enter does not exist the system will create it for you The system can assign print files names for you automatically Enter the sequence number you want generated for the next report you print to a file or archive in the Next Automatic File Name and Next Archive File Name fields Active reports are named Qnnnnxxx while archive reports are named Annnnxxx where nnnn is a generated sequence number and xxx is the company ID Use the Proceed OK command to save your changes and close the screen Resource Manager User s Manual 9 17 Purge Report History Use the Purge Report History function to delete history transaction entries by date and transaction type Select Purge Report History from the Print Manager File Maintenance menu The Purge Report History screen appears 5 Purge Report History gt Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe pe mal g OK Abandon Select Report Type to Purge Printed to File C Archived C Printed from Active Que Removed from Active Que C Printed from Archive File C Removed from Archive File All Purge History Dates Before o6 31 1999 Company 06 26 2000 Terminal TODO OVR Select the type of reports you want to remove from history then enter purge date Report history information dated before the date you enter is purged Use the Proceed OK command to begin the purge Whe
157. dit Modes Other EIS Functions Help 2xe GF Abandon Sales Order Status Purchase Order Status New HK e 00 Picked 00 Printed 00 Shipped 00 Received 00 Backorders 00 Returns 00 Retums 00 Debit Memos 00 Total 00 Total 00 Quotes 00 Goods Revd Invoiced Today 00 Today 00 Invoiced PTD 00 Invoices Received Cash Receipts Today 00 Cash 00 PTD 00 Checks 00 Credit Cards 00 Checks Written Accts Pay Wiiteoffs 00 In Process 00 Other 00 Today 00 Received Today 00 PTD 00 2 Received PTD 00 Company 09 06 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Use the commands to refresh the data or view more detailed information See Commands on page 7 3 for more information Press F7 to exit the dashboard and return to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 7 9 Accounts Receivable Analysis The Accounts Receivable Analysis dashboard provides aging historical and other key information from Accounts Receivable and Sales Order Select Accounts Receivable Analysis from the EIS Dashboard menu The Accounts Receivable Analysis dashboard appears and lists aging and sales amounts for analysis Accounts Receivable Analysis A Commands Edit Modes Other EIS Functions Help 2x eelan g Aging nalysis 0 RM Sales History men Period to Date Yearto Date Unpd Fin Chg HK Sales 90 199 47 1 923 815 81 Current Due 305 709 40 Retums 00 00 Balance 31 60 541 261 5
158. e Key Key Description Esc Opens a menu listing available commands Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Text Menu Command Alternate Key Key Description F1 Help Esc H Opens the help description for the selected application function You must be within an application menu to access this command F2 Esc W Toggles between the Favorites and main menus Favorites F3 Change Esc D Allows you to switch to a different company Company F4 Access Esc O Allows you to enter an access code Code mer Pressing this key or key combination twice opens a utility menu similar to the Other Commands menu on graphical screens See Other Commands Menu on page 1 24 for more information on the commands available F5 Live Esc X Switches between live and sample data Sample Data F6 Esc F Allows you to change the workstation date Workstation Date F7 Exit Esc M Exits from OSAS F8 Print Esc L Allows you to output the current screen to a Screen printer print preview window or file F9 Change Esc U Allows you to change to a different fiscal year Year when you are inside the General Ledger or Payroll menus Resource Manager User s Manual 1 17 OSAS Text Menu Introduction Command Alternate Key Key Description F10 Addto Ctrl Z Pressing this key or key combination on the Delete main menu adds the selected application or Favorites function to your Favorites menu Pressing this ke
159. e Could not find any valid source files for this application The directory you specified for the files you want to convert does not contain files for the application Enter the correct directory name Data files exist Do you want this task to erase them Data files exist for the application you are trying to convert Select Yes or enter Y in text mode if you want the data files for the application to be erased Select No or enter N in text mode if you want to abandon the operation Data files exist for this company cannot delete You cannot delete the company from the system because it has data on file Use the appropriate operating system command to back up and delete the files from the data directory Then delete the company Device ID devicelD already exists You cannot use the same ID for more than one device Enter a different ID or exit from the function and edit the device ID you specified Directory does not exist The directory you specified for the files you want to convert does not exist Enter a different directory name A 4 Resource Manager User s Manual References System Messages Disk drive not ready The system cannot access one of the disk drives to find the file it is looking for Make sure that the door to the diskette drive is closed Display Mask Does Not Fit on Screen The size of the display mask is larger than the screen holds Try to place the field farther away from the right side of the
160. e Be 28 Gk _Abandon 2 Boure Linda ma Il Employee ID BOUOO1 Document Name ID doc Lo bb De 111444 Line 001 of 003 Header First Last Next Prev View Open Document Goto Company 10 08 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Resource Manager User s Manual 1 57 Information Menu Introduction Enter the ID for which you want to view attached documents The Inquiry F2 command is available Use these commands to view document information open an attached document or switch between or select a new ID e Press to return to the header section to select a new ID e Press F to view documents attached to the first ID on record e Press Lto view documents attached to the last ID on record e Press N to view documents attached to the next ID on record e Press P to view documents attached to the previous ID on record e Press V to view document information The View Documents screen appears and lists the file name directory path and description of the attached document Press any key to return to the Documents screen e Press O to open the attached document in the appropriate software application You may need to edit the Resource Manager File Types function in order to associate files with your preferred applications If you have problems opening a document return to the function in which the document was att
161. e Other Commands menu The calcuator appears OSAS T000 Settings Edit Print Help 151 lt Memory gt lt Tape gt lt Functions Subtotal Comment Print Tape View Tape gt 5 T UP lt Keys gt F1 Erase Tape F2 Clear Entry F3 Memory F4 Memory F5 Mem Recall F6 Mem Clear F7 Exit F8 Printe E F9 Decimal F10 Exit Total C E M M MR MC Q P 0 W lt Status gt Entry ckckckckckckckckckckckckckcko Printer Decimal OFF 2 Resource Manager User s Manual Supply 2 09 PM tting eposit ing Software E 1 Other Commands E 2 Field Definitions Field Memory Tape Entry Functions Description The number or total stored in memory appears The printout tape of a real calculator is simulated in the Tape section Numbers operators and a running total of the calculations are displayed Each workstation has its own unique tape for the calculator The last tape that was used is recalled when you start the calculator The tape is stored as a file on the hard disk and reloaded each time you use the calculator When you want to start a new tape press F1 to erase the current tape The number or comment you are entering or have just entered is displayed To enter a number type the number To enter a comment type a quotation mark and then a comment Comment
162. e converted C 0SAS data Do you want source files erased after conversion Do you want conversion to pause if problem is found Appl Description Version Appl Description Version Tal Company 08 27 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Make your selections at the prompts then use the Proceed OK command to begin the conversion process When the files are converted successfully the Company Setup menu appears Refer to the field definitions for more information Resource Manager User s Manual 3 11 Data File Conversion Company Setup Field Definitions 3 12 Field Name Select directory on which to create files Enter directory that contains the files to be converted Do you want source files erased after conversion Do you want conversion to pause if a problem is found Appl Description Version xxData files exist Do you want this task to erase them Description The data directory you set up for the OSAS system appears If more than one directory is listed select the data directory where you want the new converted files to be created Enter the path name of the directory that contains the files you want to convert If you want the source files to be erased after they are converted select the box or enter Y in text mode if not clear the box or enter N in text mode If you want the conversion to pause when problems arise select the box or ent
163. e for standard forms or CP for compressed forms You must enter the text editor because the command is too long to enter through Resource Manager s Devices function Printing Laser Forms on Ink Jets Bubble Jets or Desk Jets These printers cannot interpret laser definitions There is no way to control how the forms print Either they print correctly or they do not Models labeled for Windows have better success but there is no way to control how forms print Test your situation before ordering laser forms Continuous Forms When you print forms less than 11 inches in length such as checks or invoices through sysprint we recommend you turn off alignment mark printing Printing the alignment mark requires opening and closing the printer which triggers a form feed through Windows causing forms to misalign To turn the alignment mark off use Resource Manager s Form Codes function D 4 Resource Manager User s Manual Other Commands Calculator Use the Calculator function to do basic math calculations If you use the graphical version of OSAS the Windows Calculator is used If you use the text version of OSAS follow the instructions below to use the OSAS calculator Text Version Calculator You can store and retrieve totals and tapes add comments to tapes and print tapes common use is to calculate a total exit from the Calculator and enter the total into the field you started from Select Calculator from th
164. e you are in that function This section also describes how to navigate within scroll regions and fields while you work with OSAS functions Help Commands When you use the Help F1 command you can use these commands Key F3 Delete F6 Maintenance F7 Exit Resource Manager User s Manual Operation Deletes the help screen content To recover a deleted screen copy the xxHELP file from the distribution media to the PROGxx subdirectory xx is the application ID The copying process overwrites changes you made to other help screens In graphical mode you must first press F6 to enter the edit screen for the help content before you can press F3 Edits a help screen Exits the help screen and closes the window 1 45 Menu and Function Commands Introduction Inquiry Commands When the Inquiry button 4 appears next to a field or the Inquiry flag appears in the lower right corner of the screen the Inquiry command is available Click the button or press F2 to open the Inquiry screen to look up and select an appropriate entry The Inquiry screen operates in two modes Search and Sort You can toggle between these modes within an Inquiry window by pressing the Ins Insert key You can also choose the default mode for Inquiry windows by using the Defaults function on the Workstation Configuration menu within Resource Manager e n Search mode you can move through the keys listed by typing progressively larger
165. ecutes a public program directly EIS opens an EIS dashboard RW Rpt opens a GENERAL Report Writer report ONO Enter the program name menu file name menu record name or operating system command to execute If you selected a type of 0 press Enter Enter a parameter for the menu selection If you selected a type of 0 for the line or if you do not need a parameter press Enter Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Menus Command Bar Definitions Command Enter edit Move Copy Swap Unique Title Write Resource Manager User s Manual Description Move to the line you want to edit and press Enter Press M to move the line to a new location Press C to copy the line to another line Press S to swap the position of a line with another line Press U to create or remove unique menu items Press T to go back to the Title field Press W to write save the lines you changed 6 9 Favorites Menus Resource Manager User s Manual The Favorites menu allows you to build your own menu of the functions and submenus you use most You can create and add functions to the Favorites menu automatically by using the Add to Favorites F10 command Use this function to modify the Favorites menu that is created automatically For example use this function to group some entries together into a submenu Select Favorites Menus from the System File Maintenance menu The Favo
166. eld Definitions screen F3 3 F1 2 The third value returned by the function and setup ID on the third line of the Field Definitions screen multiplied by the second value returned by the function and setup ID on the first line of the Field Definitions screen 8 22 Resource Manager User s Manual Setup Use the Setup function on the EIS File Maintenance menu to modify information about a type of information that a function uses setup ID description associated function ID and range of the type of information If you intend to use only the functions IDs that are already in the system you are ready to use the information as is and do not need to use the Setup function If you intend to define the setup IDs that have not been established use the Functions function page 8 27 before using the Setup function To produce a list of the information entered on the Setup screen use the Setup Definitions List function on the EIS Master File Lists menu Select Setup from the EIS File Maintenance menu The Setup screen appears EC 258 Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help RX LE 2 e Ok Abandon Setup ID 9 Function ID Description All Bank Accounts Type From Thru Company ID GL Accounts sl i Enter edit Append Description Company 08 06 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Lo pp o Resource Manager User s Manual 8 23 S
167. elds data columns or global inquiry links select the appropriate box or enter Y in text mode if not clear the appropriate box or enter N in text mode Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and continue with the first definition window you selected When you use the Proceed OK command on the last definition screen you selected the Global Inquiry Definitions screen appears again Enter another window ID to add or maintain or use the Exit F7 command to return to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 21 Global Inquiry Definitions System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions General Information Screen Global Inquiry Definitions xl Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xebeama amp OK Abandon Pagelof4 General Information Window ID APHII Title Inventory Purchase History File Name APHIx File 8 Flds 18 Key 1 Key Len 26 Record Selection Inclusion Mask Exclusion Mask Begin Length Begin Length Segment 1 HE 20 Segment 2 Segment 3 mu Search Definition Label Position Length Field Definitions Company 08 28 2002 Terminal TODO OVR Field Name Description Window ID Title The ID of the Global Inquiry window and its description appear File Name Enter the name of the central file for the window If the file is co
168. ellaneous costs Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Bill Amount 2 Numeric Pieces 3 Numeric Labor Hours 4 Numeric Cost 1 5 Numeric Cost 2 6 Numeric Cost 3 7 Numeric Cost 4 8 Numeric Cost 5 G 44 Resource Manager User s Manual Predefined Functions Sub Type Description 9 Numeric Total Cost Resource Manager User s Manual G 45 Predefined Functions JOBSEST JO Jobs Phases Estimated Totals The JOBSEST function returns the estimated amount to bill the customer the pieces to be completed for an indication of how much of the job has been done the amount of labor hours the miscellaneous costs from the NAMESxxx table see the Job Cost User s Guide and the sum of the miscellaneous costs Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Bill Amount 2 Numeric Pieces 3 Numeric Labor Hours 4 Numeric Cost 1 5 Numeric Cost 2 6 Numeric Cost 3 7 Numeric Cost 4 8 Numeric Cost 5 9 Numeric Total Cost G 46 Resource Manager User s Manual Predefined Functions PACHECK PA Checks File Totals The PACHECK function returns the total from the Checks file Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Checks Total PATIMETK PA Time Tickets File Total The PATIMETK function returns the total amount in the time tickets entered in Payroll Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Total Time Tickets POORDERS PO Orders File Totals
169. elp X PE 28 OK Abandon Group ID MNMPL Minneapolis MN Combined JO xi Description Reporting Method Tax Level 1 MN Taj Tax Level 2 MNMPLS aj Tax Level 3 al Tax Level 4 aj Tax Level 5 aj The Edit Tax Group screen appears when you edit a tax group The Append Tax Group screen appears when you add a new tax group Other than the title the two screens are identical Field Definitions Field Name Group ID Description Reporting Method Tax Levels Tax on Tax Level Resource Manager User s Manual Description Enter or edit the tax group ID Enter or edit the tax group s description Enter C to report taxes for the locations in this group as a combined value or S to report locations taxes individually Enter the tax location that you want at the appropriate level This message appears to ask whether you want the basis for computing sales tax for this location to include taxes calculated for the specified tax level Select the box or enter Y in text mode to include the level or clear it or enter N in text mode to exclude the level Tax Groups Application Setup Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and return to the Tax Groups screen 4 14 Resource Manager User s Manual Sales Tax Report Print the Sales Tax Report at the end of each period for information about how taxes have been allocated for the tax locations
170. em by status Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Gross Due Total 2 Numeric Discount Total 3 Numeric Prepaid Gross Due Total 4 Numeric Prepaid Discount Total 5 Numeric Released Status Count 6 Numeric Hold Status Count 7 Numeric Prepaid Status Count Resource Manager User s Manual Predefined Functions Sub Type Description 8 Numeric Temporary Hold Count 9 Numeric 1099 Gross Due Total 10 Numeric 1099 Discount Total 11 Numeric Released Status Gross Due Total 12 Numeric Released Status Discount Total 13 Numeric Hold Status Gross Due Total 14 Numeric Hold Status Discount Total 15 Numeric Temporary Hold Gross Due Total 16 Numeric Temporary Hold Discount Total 17 Numeric Total Count APTRAN AP Transaction File Totals The APTRAN function returns unposted current transaction totals Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Invoices Total 2 Numeric Debit Memos Total Resource Manager User s Manual G 7 Predefined Functions G 8 APVTOPP AP Top 10 Vendors PTD Purchases Totals The APVTOPP function returns the names of the vendors in descending order you purchased the most product from during the period to date The amounts paid include returns Setup types Company ID Sub 1 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Num
171. entering the number of decimals you want for each mask type you define the way they appear in other applications Note however that some applications have fields that override the numeric masks you assign in this function Resource Manager User s Manual 3 3 Company Information Company Setup Company Information Screen PER Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2x re ma g OK Abandon Company ID aj Defaults Location ID MNOOO1 aj Name Builders Supply Bank ID aj Address 1 fi 157 Valley Park Dr OSAS Web Batch ID 000001 aj Address 2 OSAS Web Order Prefix WB City Shakopee Weight Unit State MN aj Mask Number of Sample Zip 55373 Type Decimals Display Country 05 aj U S A Reg Dollars 2 9999999999 99 Site IN Costs 4 99999999 9999 Phone 19521496 2465 IN Prices 4 99999999 9999 Fax 952 496 2495 IN Qtys 4 99999999 9999 OSAS Web Active g Rates 3 999999999 999 Date Mask D USA mm dd yyyy Hours 3 999999999 999 Time Mask fo 12 Hour hh mm AM PM Cr Limits o 9999999999999 E mail Address Webmaster builders_supply com Web Site fra builders supply com Company H 11 12 2000 Terminal TODO OVR Field Definitions Field Name Description Company ID The ID of the company you selected at the menu appears Accept it or enter a different company ID using one to three numbers and or uppercase letters You can use the Delete F3 command to delete a company from the syste
172. enu Introduction Other Commands Menu File Modes Tools Favorites Other Help 8 on x 2 m Calculator Execute an Operating System Command Call a PRO 5 Program Product Suggestions Application Options Inquiry Global Inquiry General Information Inquiry Support Information User Comments EIS Dashboard Display EIS Dashboard History 1 24 Pop Up Calendar Inventory Price Calculator Command Description Calculator Opens the OSAS calculator Execute an Operating System Command Call a PRO 5 Program Product Suggestions Application Options Inquiry Global Inquiry General Information Inquiry Support Information User Comments EIS Dashboard Display EIS Dashboard History Allows you to enter an operating system command from within OS AS Allows you to execute a PRO 5 program Creates a report for future OSAS product suggestions Allows you to view the application options you have set up for a particular application Allows you to search across your data You can select from the installed applications which data to search Allows you to search for information on employees customers and vendors Displays the OSAS Support Information Allows you to record comments for your own use Displays the EIS Dashboard Displays the EIS Dashboard history Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Graphical Menu Command Description Pop Up Calendar Allows you to create and read date reminders
173. er 6 54 Description Enter the name of the file that contains the field If the file is company specific enter a lowercase x appended to the file name Enter the description of the file If this field contains numeric values select the box or enter Y in text mode if not clear the box or enter N in text mode Enter the field number within this file where the field is located If this is not a numeric field enter the starting position within the specified field number where this field ID begins If this is not a numeric field enter the total number of characters that this field ID uses If this field occurs only in certain records within the file select the box or enter Y in text mode to perform a test of each record to see if the record is of the proper type If the field occurs in all records in the file clear the box or enter N in text mode If you choose to perform a record test enter the data required to identify a record within the file that contains this field If the test field contains numeric values select the box or enter Y in text mode if not clear the box or enter N in text mode Enter the field number within this file where the test field is located Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Field Definitions Field Name Field Start Field Length Operand Value Resource Manager User s Manual Description If this is not a numeric test field en
174. er Options and Interfaces function The LIFO FIFO unit cost appears This field appears if you elected to show costs in the price and availability lookup in the Resource Manager Options and Interfaces function The average unit cost appears This field appears if you elected to show costs in the price and availability lookup in the Resource Manager Options and Interfaces function The standard unit cost appears This field appears if you elected to show costs in the price and availability lookup in the Resource Manager Options and Interfaces function The base unit cost appears The calculated unit price appears Other Commands Field Name Description Calc Ext Price The calculated extended unit price appears Base The base level appears Quantity The sale quantity levels appear Unit Price The calculated unit price for each quantity break appears Saving and Exiting To return to the Price and Availability screen use the Exit F7 command E 20 Resource Manager User s Manual Common Ratios EIS can consolidate and display data directly from applications You can also use EIS to build ratios or relationships between individual figures or sets of figures Financial ratios are indications of the business s performance They demonstrate liquidity solvency and profitability Liquidity indicates the ability to pay bills as they fall due Solvency indicates the ability to pay off all obligations if you would
175. er Scroll Commands Help 2xe Bejlaa 769 OK Abandon Access Name 2 Access Code Jaugu 105 Application ET Menu ID Tile Daily Work Line Access Description Type Program Param Transactions APENTINI Copy Recurring Entries 3 APPSR Purchases Journal APPRJ Miscellaneous Debits Journal APPRJ Daily Sales T a Report APTAX Change Batches APCHGBAT Batch Control 3 Post Transactions ahhahaha Enter toggle All None Write Company 08 27 2002 Terminal TODO OVR Enter the access name and code then select the application and menu to which to assign access rights When the function list appears press Enter to turn access to the selected function on or off The functions description type program name and parameter appear for your information and can be changed using the Menus function on the System File Maintenance menu Refer to the field and command definitions for more information Resource Manager User s Manual 3 19 Access Codes Company Setup Field Definitions Field Name Inquiry Access Name Inquiry Copy From Company ID Inquiry Copy From Access Name Access Code Application Menu ID 3 20 Title Description Enter an access name To copy access rights from another company s access code enter the ID of that company Enter the access name you want to copy Enter an access code To create a blank access code pres
176. er User s Manual If you want to launch your e mail software from within an internet address field anywhere in OSAS using either the right click menu the Commands menu or the Shift F3 function key enter the full path and file name of your e mail software If you leave this field blank on Windows workstations OS AS uses the default Windows start command to launch your e mail software See File Types on page 2 35 for more information on the start command OSAS uses the e mail address you enter here first when creating e mail messages If that field is blank OSAS then uses the address entered in the E Mail From field in the System File Maintenance E Mail Setup function page 6 57 Enter the e mail address you want placed in the From field of e mail messages you send using OSAS Leave this field blank if you want to use the e mail address entered in the E Mail Setup function 2 33 File Types Use the File Types function to set up associations for various types of files These associations help OSAS open the appropriate software program to view files and give you the ability to attach documents spreadsheets word processing documents images and so on to master file records Once you have set up file types and associations in Resource Manager use the Documents command when it appears on File Maintenance function screens to attach documents to master file records On Windows workstations OS AS uses the Windows start com
177. er Y in text mode if not clear the box or enter N in text mode Enter the ID of the application you want to convert The application description appears Enter the version number of the application you want to convert This message appears to warn you that to continue you must erase any existing data files for the application if you want to convert that application s files Select Yes or enter Y in text mode to erase the existing files and convert this application Select No or enter N in text mode to keep your existing files and skip the application during conversion Resource Manager User s Manual Company Setup Data File Conversion Field Name Do you want a printout of the error log after each application Resource Manager User s Manual Description This message appears to ask whether you want to print a log listing errors occurring during the conversion process for each application Select Yes or enter Y in text mode to print the error log or No or enter N in text mode If you are converting only one application your entry here makes no difference 3 13 Options and Interfaces Use the Options and Interfaces function on the Company Setup menu to determine the way the applications function and to set up interfaces between certain applications installed on your system To produce a list of the information entered in the Options and Interfaces function use the Options and Interfaces Lis
178. eral Information screen to view add or edit information about the source of the window data Use the Summary Fields screen to establish and update information that appeards in the window s header fields Use the Data Columns screen to establish and update information about which data appears in the window Use the Global Links screen to establish and update information about which window IDs you want to link to the window ID 6 19 Global Inquiry Definitions System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions Screen 5 Global Inquiry Definitions E lol xl Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2x Bea OK _Abandon Global Inquiry Window ID J amp P HI Window Title Inventory Purchase History Do You Want To Change General Information Summary Fields Data Columns Global Inquiry Links XI Xl Xl I Company 08 28 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Field Definitions Field Name Description Inquiry Global Inquiry Enter the ID of the Global Inquiry window you want Window ID to define or change Inquiry Copy From This field appears if you entered a new window ID Enter the ID of the window definition you want to copy Window Title Accept the current window title or enter a different title 6 20 Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions Field Name Description Do You Want To If you want to enter or change general information Change summary fi
179. erformed on the file appears PF printed to file PQ printed from Active Report Control RQ removed from Active Report Control PA printed from Archive Report Control RA removed from Archive Report Control AR archived and removed from Active Report Control The date and time the file was printed appear The report class assigned to the printed file appear The user ID who printed the report to file appears The terminal ID that printed the report to file appears Resource Manager User s Manual Print Manager Report History Inquiry Command Definitions Command View file Toggle menu file Sort Resource Manager User s Manual Description View the complete path name for the selected file Toggle between the menu name and the file name in the Description column Select a new report sort method from the list that appears You can sort the reports by date of execution from most recent to oldest report description date from most recent to oldest user ID transaction type terminal ID date of execution from oldest to most recent 9 5 Active Report Control Use the Active Report Control function to view and work with print jobs that have not been archived Active Report Control Screen Active Report Control Commands Edt Modes Other Scroll Commands Help RX tz Tag Description Statements Aged Trial Balance Time Cls User Term
180. eric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Description 1 Vendor Name 1 Vendor Purchases 2 Vendor Name 2 Vendor Purchases 3 Vendor Name 3 Vendor Purchases 4 Vendor Name 4 Vendor Purchases 5 Vendor Name 5 Vendor Purchases 6 Vendor Name 6 Vendor Purchases 7 Vendor Name 7 Vendor Purchases 8 Vendor Name 8 Vendor Purchases 9 Vendor Name Resource Manager User s Manual Predefined Functions 20 Type Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Description 49 Vendor Purchases 10 Vendor Name 10 Vendor Purchases APVTOPY AP Top 10 Vendors YTD Purchases Totals The APVTOPY function returns the names of the vendors in descending order you purchased the most product from during the year to date The amounts paid include returns Setup types Company ID Sub 1 gt IRN Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 1 Vendor Name 1 Vendor Purchases 2 Vendor Name 2 Vendor Purchases 3 Vendor Name 3 Vendor Purchases 4 Vendor Name 4 Vendor Purchases 5 Vendor Name 5 Vendor Purchases 6 Vendor Name 6 Vendor Purchases G 9 Predefined Functions Sub 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alph
181. erritory 2 Customer Name Resource Manager User s Manual Sub Type Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 2 Customer Profit 2 Customer Rep 2 Customer Territory 3 Customer Name 3 Customer Profit 3 Customer Rep 3 Customer Territory 4 Customer Name 4 Customer Profit 4 Customer Rep 4 Customer Territory 5 Customer Name 5 Customer Profit 5 Customer Rep 5 Customer Territory 6 Customer Name 6 Customer Profit 6 Customer Rep 6 Customer Territory 7 Customer Name 7 Customer Profit Predefined Functions Predefined Functions Sub 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Description 7 Customer Rep 7 Customer Territory 8 Customer Name 8 Customer Profit 8 Customer Rep 8 Customer Territory 9 Customer Name 9 Customer Profit 9 Customer Rep 9 Customer Territory 10 Customer Name 10 Customer Profit 10 Customer Rep 10 Customer Territory ARCT
182. error or a hardware failure When you restore files you can select which companies files need to be restored everything you select including the data in all applications is returned to its state at the time of the last backup Select Restore from the Data File Maintenance menu The Restore screen appears Restore L JE xl Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe Bea g OK Abandon Company ID From aj Thru 8j Restore Application Programs C Application Data Files Report Writer Data Files Device Floppy v Directories 0 5 5 C 05AS65 progIN C OSAS65 progAR C 05AS65 progJON C OSAS65 progBK C OSAS65 prog0D4 C OSAS65 progBR C OSAS65 progRM C OSAS65 progPA C OSAS65 progFA C OSAS65 progGL C OSAS65 progGN Floppy Tape Company H 08 27 2002 Terminal T000 INS Select the type of data to restore the range of companies whose data you want to restore and the type of device Floppy or Tape you re using to restore the data Use the Proceed OK command to begin the process The names of the directories appear in the lower part of the screen You need the set of diskettes containing backed up data to restore each directory listed The main menu appears when the restore process completes Resource Manager User s Manual 5 5 Application Tables Use the Application Tables function to edit and view the tables used by any applica
183. esource Manager User s Manual 8 27 Functions Executive Information Summary Field Definitions Field Name Inquiry Function ID Inquiry Copy From Description Type Description Description Enter the ID of the function you want to add view or edit This field appears if you enter a new function ID Enter the function ID from which you want to copy the definition Use the current description or enter a different description for the function The type and description of each value returned by the function appears Command Bar Definitions Command Enter edit Append Description Setup types Saving and Exiting Description Move the prompt to the return value information you want to change and press Enter The Edit Functions screen appears Press A to add a type and description to the list The Append Functions screen appears Press D to edit the description of the function in the header Press S to establish and update information about the setup types The Setup Types screen appears Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and exit to the EIS File Maintenance menu 8 28 Resource Manager User s Manual Executive Information Summary Functions Append Edit Functions Screen Edit Functions ____ 2519 Commands Edit Modes Other Help AXE BG g OK Abandon Type Numeric p Description Balance 31 60 The Add Functions screen appears when yo
184. ess Enter to save the comment record When available the History command gives you access to customer history in a manner similar to OSAS Inquiry functions Select the customer for which you want to view detail information enter a date from which to view information if desired then press Enter to view invoice or payment information Use the commands at the bottom of the screen to switch between or change customers view totals or select the line item to view Use the Exit F7 command to return to the function screen from which you accessed the History command Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction Information Menu Documents The Documents command lets you view or open documents attached to certain master file records You cannot use this command to attach a document to a record instead use the appropriate File Maintenance function to attach documents Before you can open documents you need to have the appropriate file associations set up in the File Types function on the Resource Manager Workstation Configuration menu The entries you make in this function help OS AS identify which software applications to use to open attached documents See the Resource Manager User s Manual for more information The Documents screen appears after you access the Documents command The Employee Documents screen is shown below as an example Employee Documents 1 151 xl Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help 2x
185. et up recurring entries change terms and distribution codes change tables perform periodic maintenance and to purge vendor comments 000000 Master File Lists The functions on the Master File Lists menu allow you to print labels a detail list of your vendors a list of your vendor comments a list of recurring entries and a tables list Resource Manager User s Manual 11 13 Inquiry Window Definitions List The Inquiry Window Definitions List shows the inquiry windows on your system and the information they contain Inquiry Window Definitions List 08 29 2002 3 19 PM Accounts Payable Topic File File Starting Size Window ID gt 5 Col APACACUL Window Title Distribution Codes Column Headings Code Description APACB Ul o O APBTx Window Title Batch Number Inquiry Column Headings Batch Description APACDCUL o O APDCx Window Title Distribution Codes Column Headings Code Description APACSCUZ 0 23 GLMAx o 20 Window Title General Ledger Inquiry Column Headings GL Account Description APBANKUL 17 BRBAx 0 Window Title Column Headings Bank Account Inquiry Bank ID Bank Description APCHK Wl o O0 APHCx 2 Window Title Check Number Inquiry Column Headings Check No Date Void Vendor Resource Manager User s Manual Builders Supply Inclusion Row Begin Len Lock Pch Deb Stat GL Account Number Inquiry Window Definitions List Exclusion Begin Len In Process Ada R
186. etup Executive Information Summary Field Definitions Field Name Inquiry Setup ID Inquiry Copy From Function ID Description Type Description Enter the setup ID you want to add view or edit This field appears if you enter a new setup ID Enter the setup ID from which you want to copy the setup criteria Use the current ID or enter a function ID that uses the setup ID you entered Use the current description or enter a different description for the setup ID The ranges of types of information that are assigned to each setup ID appear Command Bar Definitions Command Enter edit Append Description Saving and Exiting Description Move the prompt to the type you want to edit and press Enter The Edit Types screen appears Press A to add a type and range to the list The Append Types screen appears Press D to change the description of the setup ID Use the Exit F7 command to return to the EIS File Maintenance menu 8 24 Resource Manager User s Manual Executive Information Summary Setup Append Edit Types Screen Ex Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe Be aa 28 DK Abandon Type Company ID M From ADT Thru The Append Types screen appears when you press on the Setup screen to add a type and range The Edit Types screen appears when you edit an existing line on the Setup screen Other than the title these screens are identical The types of i
187. eyond line 24 Make the window smaller or position the first row higher Suggestion xxxx not on file The suggestion number you entered is not in the Suggestions file The current period is invalid Must be between 1 and x The current period you entered is not valid with the number of periods year Enter a number that is less than or equal to the number of periods year Resource Manager User s Manual A 15 System Messages References There are no options or interfaces for this application The application you entered does not have any options or interfaces Make sure that the application is installed on your system and that the data files have been created or converted The version entered is less than any available conversion programs The version you specified has no conversion program This application has violated system integrity due to an invalid general protection fault and will be terminated Quit all applications quit Windows and then restart your computer You are trying to load multiple OSAS sessions too quickly Press A to abort the process exit from all Windows sessions and Windows itself and reboot your computer Then try again make sure that each OSAS session is fully loaded before you load another OSAS session Thru value cannot be less than From value When you specify a range of items for a report the ending value Thru cannot be less than the beginning value From Unable to Create Directory
188. field Enter the field ID in the Field Definitions function and enter an existing setup ID use the Inquiry F2 command to look up and select an ID or define this setup ID in the Setup function Field Will Overlap Other Fields If you place the field too close to another field its information will overlap the adjacent fields First and Last Characters Must Be Quotation Marks If you return literal values with quotation marks the first and last characters must be quotation marks Otherwise you have an odd number of quotation marks or you are trying to use strings The math editor does not recognize either situation Remove the quotation marks or use them as the first and last characters Function functionID Does Not Return Element element A math editor cannot return a functional element that does not exist An element is a line number in the Functions scroll region For example if APBAL returns two values you cannot make the math editor return F1 3 since element number three does not exist You cannot enter an element of 0 an element greater than the number of elements the function recognizes or a fractional number Function ID ffunctionID Is Not on File Function ID ffunctionID Not Found The function you entered is not on file Enter a function that is on file or use the Inquiry F2 command to look up and select a function To define a function use the Functions function after you have coded the functional program in Bu
189. field whose mask is numeric Remove the letters or change the mask Application information not found The media you are trying to install does not contain the files required for installation If you are installing from a diskette drive make sure that you have inserted the correct diskette If you are installing from a CD ROM drive make sure the CD is in the drive and try again Application is not flagged as installed Application appIID does not exist You must install an application before you can create or convert files for it Application not installed for this company You cannot change options and interfaces for an application that is not installed for the company Install the application create or convert files and then run the function again Application version must be greater than or equal to version Installing this version number may cause compatibility problems throughout your system Do not attempt to install an older version of an application over a newer one A 2 Resource Manager User s Manual References System Messages BASIC ERROR number HOST ERROR number LINE line PROGRAM program BASIC ERROR number LINE line PROGRAM program A serious error has occurred Write down the information that is displayed and get help from a support technician Beginning date is not immediately after ending date of previous period Dates must not be missing between the ending date of one period an
190. file extension application file name followed by PTH FIL and the full file path to the application Use the Proceed OK command to save your changes 6 To add another file type click Append or press 7 To edit a file type entry select the entry to edit and press Enter Edit the program name and path in the Edit File Type dialog box then use the Proceed OK command to save your changes and return to the File Types screen 8 When you finish adding or editing file type entries use the Exit F7 command to return to the main menu Resource Manager User s Manual 2 37 Company Setup Company Information Data File Creation Data File Conversion Options and Interfaces Access Codes Country Codes State Codes Resource Manager User s Manual 3 3 3 9 3 11 3 15 3 19 3 21 3 23 3 1 Company Information Use the Company Information function on the Company Setup menu to perform these tasks e Add and remove companies e Change the name address and phone and fax numbers for a company e Activate the company s files for use with the OSAS Web application e Select the date and time format for a company s reports and screens e Set a company s location bank ID and OSAS Web batch ID defaults e Set the user defined unit of weight and masks for numeric values e Change the company s web site or e mail addresses The numeric masks you set up in this function are used in most of the OSAS applications By
191. for more information Resource Manager User s Manual 3 21 Country Codes Company Setup Field Definitions Field Name Description Country Code Enter the code for the country Name of Country Enter the full name of the country Phone Mask Enter a mask to use for telephone and facsimile machine numbers in this country Enter spaces where numbers are entered and other characters to separate the numbers for readability if desired The total length of numbers and separators cannot exceed 20 characters For example if you want to enter phone numbers in the format 999 999 9999 enter without the quotation marks If you want to enter phone numbers in the format 999 999 9999 enter 66 without the quotation marks 3 22 Resource Manager User s Manual State Codes Use the State Codes function on the Company Setup menu to assign a three character code to a state province or other region within a country Select State Codes from the Company Setup menu The State Codes screen appears 2515 Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe BG OK Abandon State Code MN State Name Minnesota Country US al U S A Company 08 27 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Inquiry Select the state code then enter or edit the state name and country in which it is located Use the Proceed OK command to save your changes and return to the main menu Refer to the field definitions for more
192. g window Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and return to the Global Inquiry Definitions screen Enter another window ID to maintain or use the Exit F7 command to return to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 33 Help Screens Use the Help Screens function to customize an application s help screens To produce a list of the information entered on the Help screen use the Help List function on the Master File Lists menu Select Help Screens from the System File Maintenance menu The Help Screens screen appears Help Screens Al O xl Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help CA d B m Ok Abandon Application ID Help Key Field ID Help Text 3 Use the functions on this menu to print lists of the fields 4 functions dashboards and setup ranges currently on file in al ElS Es gt zi Line 001 of 004 Enter edit Append Header Copy from Company H 08 28 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Select the application and help key for which you want to view help text The field ID appears Press PgDn to view the help text then use the commands to add edit or copy information When you are finished use the Exit F7 command to return to the System File Maintenance menu Refer to the field and command definitions for more informati
193. ge Fields Change Fields Log 08 27 2002 Builders Supply Page 5 00 PM Change Code Log File Name Records Read Records Converted Original Total Record New Total Records ARCCH ARCRH ARHIH ARHSH ARINH ARPYH ARREH ARRHH ARSAH ARTDH ARTHH 11 ARCHH 12 INAIH 6 189 INHIH Improper field length for Record Test KNUM 0 Record ENTRY INHIH 457 120 1011 INLHH Improper field length for Record Test KNUM 0 Record ENTRY INLHH 0 o 406 INSHH Improper field length for Record Test KNUM 0 Record ENTRY INSHH 27 585 JOBSH zs JOHIH 189 JOHIH 189 SORHH 5 SORLH 20 SOTDH 29 SOTHH 9 32 8 3 3 6 34 m OR OQ E NN gt in Field ID AR CUSTOMER ID riginal Value New Value ACEOOL ABUILD Resource Manager User s Manual 5 23 User Defined Field Setup OSAS user defined fields provide a consistent method of defining displaying and entering user defined fields for key master files throughout OSAS applications To set up user defined fields follow these steps 1 Select User Defined Field Setup from the Data File Maintenance menu The User Defined Field Setup screen appears User Defined Field Setup P 2 21 xl Commands Edit Modes Other Scrol Commands Help BxE BG g OK Abandon Application 3 File E Line Prompt Type Len Mask Header E Company 08 14 2002 Terminal T000 OVR 2 Select the application for which you want to set up user defined fields OSAS
194. h Position in Key 1 FIL 2 1 6 1 e E ay E Company 08 28 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Field Definitions 6 32 Field Name Label Wind ID Define By Fid Pos Val Beg Len KeyPos Switch Output Appearance Switch Label Window ID Description The information for the defined window links appear To change the links use the Jump command to view the link you want to change then change the values in the fields below The way the links appear in the window shows in the middle section of the screen Accept the label that appears for the Global Inquiry link or enter a different label Accept the current window ID or enter the ID to which you want to link this window Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions Field Name Description Define by Enter FIL if the segment to be sent is in the central file Enter LIN if the segment is defined as a field in the data section of the window Enter SUM if the segment is defined as a field in the summary section of the window Enter VAL if a user defined literal value is to be sent Fid Pos Val Enter the position of the field in the file list to be accessed Start Enter the first character position in the field that you want to send to the next window Length Enter the length of the field Position in Key Enter the position that the data segment being sent is to occupy in the key used in the connectin
195. he defined data columns Format Field appears Start LenColumn To change the information use the Jump command to select the correct data column and change the information using the fields below Heading Output A sample of the way the data is listed in the columns Appearance appears in the middle section of the screen 6 28 Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions Field Name Data Name Expression Data Type User Mask Format Field Start Resource Manager User s Manual Description Accept the current name for the field enter a different name or blank out the field if you want to enter a mathematical formula on the next line Enter a mathematical formula by using the Global Inquiry shorthand method or by entering valid mathematical expressions Accept the current data type or enter a new value 1 alphanumeric values 2 numeric values 3 date values 4 social security number values Enter the user defined numeric mask you want to use for numeric fields Enter the format to use for numeric data or press Enter to accept the format that appears Use any combination of these codes format as a dollar amount defaults to two decimal places format with commas inserted where necessary 0 7 format with the specified number of decimal places Z format to display totals of zero when applicable Enter the field s position in the record of the file that
196. he line of function and setup IDs you want to edit and press Enter Then edit the function and setup IDs listed for the line Press A to add a line of function and setup IDs Then enter the function and setup IDs you want to use Press H to return to the header portion of the screen Press M to activate the Math Formula screen see Math Formula Screen on page 8 22 for more information Use the Exit F7 command to return to the EIS File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 8 21 Field Definitions Executive Information Summary Math Formula Screen Pee Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe OK Abandon FA E Enter one to 10 lines of formula to calculate the display value The values returned by the function setup lines you entered on the Field Definition screen are denoted in the formula by the letter F followed by the function setup line number Because functions can sometimes return several values the specific value requested is then denoted inside square brackets for example 2 for the second value returned by the function If no square brackets are given the first value returned by the function is used Here are two examples of field formulas Formula Description F4 F2 2 The first value returned by the function and setup ID on the fourth line of the Field Definitions screen divided by the second value returned by the function and setup ID on the second line of the Fi
197. he number in the Memory field Copy the number in the Memory field to the Entry field Erase the number in the Memory field Exit from the Calculator without saving the total Switch the printer on and off If you turn the printer on your subsequent entries will be printed until you turn the printer off or exit from the calculator Change the number of default decimal places displayed by the Calculator The default number of decimal places is read from the current OSAS program Valid values are 0 1 2 3 4 5 FLOAT Floating Point and AUTO Automatic Numbers are saved and calculated with 1 to 14 decimal places but only the default number of places is shown E 3 Other Commands E 4 Field Description When you select FLOAT the decimal floats from 0 to 5 places to correctly display a number unless 5 places are not available after you enter the whole number When you select AUTO a decimal is placed before the last two numbers of each entry unless you include a decimal as part of the entry F10 or W Exit from the Calculator and copy the total into the Exit Total field the cursor is in on the screen where you accessed the calculator Status The status of the printer on off and of the automatic placement of the decimal point 0 5 or FL for floating is displayed Making a Calculation Follow the same procedure for each of the Calculator s four math functions x and For example to add 3
198. ia Sales Tax 203800 Tax Description Sales Tax Class Exp cct Purch Tax i Calculated 00 Consumer Goods 806000 000 Purch TOTAL FOR LOCATION CA Sales 2326 14 46522 97 Purch 00 General Ledger Accounts Tax Loc Nane Level Tax uth Tax ID Tax Liability Refundable Maryland Sales Tax 837461872341 203800 Tax Description Sales Tax Class Exp Acct Purch Tax A Nontaxable Calculated 00 Consumer Goods 806000 E 000 Purch TOTAL FOR LOCATION MD Sales 2574 22 39177 17 Purch 00 General Ledger Accounts Tax Loc Nane Tax Liability Refundable Minnesota Sales 203800 Tax Description Sales Class Exp cct Purch a Calculated 00 Consumer Goods gt s 1307 01 806000 z 000 Purch TOTAL FOR LOCATION MN Sales E 335130 13 1307 00 1307 01 Purch 00 00 00 Resource Manager User s Manual 11 23 Tax Groups List The Tax Groups List shows the tax groups that are on your system Tax Groups List 08 29 2002 Builders Supply Page 3 51 PM Tax Groups List Tax Reporting Tax on Tax on Levels Tax on Levels Tax on Levels Description Method Level 1 Level 2 Level 1 Level 3 1 Level 4 1 Level 5 1 California Combined Maryland Combined Minnesota Combined Minneapolis Combined Texas Combined Houston TX Combined End of report Resource Manager User s Manual 11 25 Options and Interfaces List The Options and Interfaces List shows the options and interfaces for the applications that are on your systems and the informati
199. ic RUZOSM P Recurring Entries Key Info Dynamic RWZOSN AP Recurring Entries RW Names Dynamic RWZOSR AP Recurring Resource Manager User s Manual 10 5 Product Suggestions Report Print the Product Suggestions Report when you are ready to fax or mail to Open Systems the suggestions you created through the Product Suggestions function on the Other Commands menu Product Suggestions Report 06 09 2002 Builders Supply 9 21 AM Product Suggestion Report ATTN Product Suggestions FAX 952 403 5870 OPEN SYSTEMS INC 1157 Valley Park Drive Suggestion 0005 Suite 105 Date Submitted 05 15 2002 Shakopee MN 55379 Submitted by Builders Supply Phone 612 829 0011 6477 City West Parkway Fax 612 829 1493 Eden Prairie MN 55344 Site f Application RM Version 6 0 Menu Item ll applications Description Show network user ID on reports Resource Manager User s Manual 10 7 Error Log The Error Log function provides a list of the errors you encountered if any while using the software Error Log 06 09 2002 9 23 AM Application Workstation Error Number Program Name Error Message Line Listing End of Report Builders Supply Error Log RM Tooo Date 05 06 2002 Time 5 52 PM 4l Invalid Integer PMPRFILE BASIC ERROR 41 Line 7060 Program PMPRFILE 7060 PRINT F G LM STBL DATE G INT OUTCOLS LEN STBEL CNAME 2 STBL CNAME 8 0UTCOLS 14
200. ict widen the search lt gt Searches for an item based on lot number When you enter the lot number you can use the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search Searches for an item based on serial number When you enter the serial number you can use the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search Searches for an item based on item description When you enter the description you can use the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search 1 41 OSAS Graphical Functions Introduction 1 42 Function Screen Toolbar VX Like the main menu s toolbar the toolbar located near top of function screens gives you quick access to frequently used commands Click the appropriate button to access a command Button x amp gt U e a gi la Result Opens the appropriate File Maintenance function to update information about the field you are in Deletes the information on the screen Since this command can delete an entire record use it with caution Moves the cursor back to the first field on the screen or to the first field after the key field without erasing any entries or changes Copies the contents of the current field Pastes the contents you copied from a previous field into the current field Opens the OSAS calculator screen Opens the pop up calendar Use the calendar to add and review reminders for
201. ile YTD Totals The ARHIYTD function returns the amount you received for the year to date from invoices credit memos payments finance charges sales tax freight and miscellaneous charges Resource Manager User s Manual Predefined Functions Setup types Company ID Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric 5 Numeric 6 Numeric 7 Numeric Description Invoices Total Credit Memos Total Payments Total Finance Charges Total Sales Tax Total Freight Charges Total Miscellaneous Total AROPEN AR Open Invoice File Totals The AROPEN function returns totals from the Open Invoice file including the total from invoices and finance charges and the net due total Setup types Company ID Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric 5 Numeric 6 Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description Invoices Total Credit Memos Total Payments Total Finance Charges Total Open Invoice Grand Total Discounts Total G 27 Predefined Functions G 28 ARRTOPSP AR Top 10 Sales Reps PTD Sales Totals The ARRTOPSP function returns the names of the sales representatives with the most sales in descending order for the period to date The function also returns the total amount received from sales for each sales representative Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Alphanumeric 1 Sales Rep Name 2 Numeric 1 Sales Rep Sales 3 Alphanumeric 2 Sales Rep Name 4 Numeric 2 Sales Rep
202. ile and the E Mail History Purge function to clear it B 6 Resource Manager User s Manual File Descriptions OSER Error The OSERxxx file stores information about BASIC errors that occur during normal operation Use the Error Log function to produce a list of the errors OSFRM Application Form Type The OSFRM file stores form types for the OSAS applications installed on your system OSINFO DOS and OSINFO UNX System Directories The OSINFO files store information that is unique to the entire OSAS system on a certain operating system e installation backup device main program directory e three data directories e Report Writer data directory e sample data directory system files directory e utilities directory e The OSINFO DOS file is used on Windows systems while the OSINFO UNX file is used on UNIX and Linux systems One or both files may be used depending on the operating systems you use with OSAS In mixed client server environments the UNIX terminals use the OSINFO UNX file for path information and the Windows workstations use OSINFO DOS OSKY Workstation Keyboard The OSKY file stores information about the keyboard values used for each workstation Set up your keyboard through the Keyboard function OSMN Other Commands Menu The OSMN file stores the Other F4 twice from a menu F4 once from a field Commands menu for each company Resource Manager User s Manual B 7 File Descriptions OSMNxxx
203. ile is named PATB and so on Enter the ID of the table you want to add or change To set up a company specific table enter the table ID plus the company ID To set up a terminal specific table enter the table ID plus the terminal ID This field appears if you enter a new table ID Enter the ID of the table you want to copy Enter or change the description of the table The number of columns in the table appears The length of columns in the table appears The type of characters you can enter in the table appears A alphanumeric N numeric with two decimals 3 numeric with three decimals or 4 numeric with four decimals The long bar at the top of the screen contains the headings for the columns in the table Edit these headings as necessary The data in the table depends on the application used to create it If any of the data is incorrect edit the appropriate entry If you are creating a new table enter the new data Resource Manager User s Manual Change File Size Use the Change File Size function to create a new file and copy the data from the old file into it During this process you can determine the type of file to create the number of records it contains and the size of the records in the file Use this file under the direction of a qualified support technician to shrink files by removing space taken up by records that have been removed from the file Select Change File Size from the Data File
204. int historical information Resource Manager User s Manual 8 9 Dashboard History Executive Information Summary 3 Select the type of dashboard you want to include in the report You can include the fields in the text based character dashboard the fields in the graphical dashboard or the fields in both dashboards 4 Select the field information you want to include in the report You can include the field ID only the field description only or both The more descriptive information you include the fewer historical columns you can print on the report 5 Depending on the size of the selected dashboard s fields and the amount of information you elect to print you can print data from one to four historical dates and times on the report Inquiry For each historical column enter the date and time of the historical data you want to print on the report 6 Select the output device to begin printing the report See Output the Report on page 1 60 for information on output devices After the report is produced the EIS Reports menu appears 8 10 Resource Manager User s Manual Dashboard History Executive Information Summary 270d8y JO PUE sex ZS 86h bes soueq eg USE Surpug 210d8g MOTA Use LOLLINAJ PS ETP 96 puoseg end aeN dY uY SIS TEUY MOTA use LINAJ 00 puoAsg ang dV STS TSUY MOTA Use LNdY42 PS 6lb 9E puo sg ang UV STS TSUY MOTA USPQ NAYAI 2 9 2 SS eng
205. ions Resource Manager uses the files during installation and to control the Applications menu The OSAPPL DOS file is used on Windows systems while the OSAPPL UNX file is used on UNIX and Linux systems One or both files may be used depending on the operating systems you use with OSAS In mixed client server environments the UNIX terminals use the OSAPPL UNX file for program path information and the Windows workstations use OSAPPL DOS OSBUF TXT OSREF TXT Backup Restore disk The OSBUF TXT and the OSREF TXT files are text files that contain the command to back up or restore files from a diskette Refer to the Backup Restore Commands screen for more information OSBUT TXT OSRET TXT Backup Restore tape The OSBUT TXT and OSRET TXT files are text files that contain the command to back up and restore files from a tape Refer to the Backup Restore Commands screen for more information OSCL Workstation Colors The OSCL file stores information about the color sets used for a workstation s 14 windows and screens Set up the colors of your workstation through the Colors function OSCN Country The OSCN file stores such information about countries as the country code and the name of the country OSCNVT Conversion The OSCNVT file is used to compare the new application conversion and data files with the current application files This file is used to determine what version is on the system OSCNVT HDR Conversion Header The OSCNV
206. iption date and time from most recent to oldest ID of the user who produced the file report class terminal ID where the file was produced Press P to print the selected file see Print Control Screen on page 9 14 Press B to print the files you selected using the Tag command see Print Control Screen on page 9 14 Press G to go to a specific report in the Archive Report Control To exit to the Report Control menu use the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual Print Manager Archive Report Control Search for Text Screen Search for Text Commands Edit Modes Other Help 3 X te amp we 29 OK Abandon Search for available Field Definitions Field Name Description Search for Enter the string for which you want the system to search then use the Proceed OK command You must enter the text you are searching for exactly as it appears in the print job uppercase and lowercase letters must match exactly For example if you are searching for the employee ID BOU001 you can enter all six characters BOU001 just the first few characters BOU or just the last few characters U001 but not lowercase letters bou001 Pick If the system locates the string you entered the page number on which the string appears is listed Press P to print that page number A to print all pages where the string occurs or C to continue searching for more occurrences of the text string y
207. ist Ioj xl Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe pe mal g OK Abandon Pick FieldID From APAGE 30 El Thru TCURATIO aj Print Full Detail Summary Only Show Function Setup Detail Company 08 06 2002 Terminal TODO OVR 2 Enter the range of fields to include in the list 3 Select the level of detail you want to print in the list Select Full Detail to print the functions and setup IDs assigned to each field definition Select Summary Only to print only the field ID and description Resource Manager User s Manual 8 39 Field Definitions List Executive Information Summary 4 If you want to list the types of output descriptions setup types and ranges of each function and setup ID that make up the field definition select the box or enter Y in text mode if not clear the box or enter N in text mode 5 Select the output device to begin printing the list See Output the Report on page 1 60 for information on output devices After the report is produced the EIS Master File Lists menu appears Field Definitions List 8 40 07 13 2002 Builders Supply Page 11 41 AM Field Definition List Field ID APBAL Accounts Payable Balance Display Mask 999 999 999 Formula FL L FL Z2 F2 F3 Function Description Setup Description 1 APTRAN AP Transactions File Totals COMP Company Ranges 2 APOPEN AP Open Invoice File Totals COMP Company Ranges 3 APCHECK AP Checks File Totals COMP Comp
208. l G 51 Building Functions When you define a field in EIS you must use functions that have already been built or coded Although the list of functions that EIS provides is extensive you might want to build your own functions For example you might want a field that returns the number of employees from the Payroll application To build a function you must program it in Business BASIC code You should know how to read code use Business BASIC verbs and make Business BASIC manipulate data and handle files If you do not know how to program in Business BASIC but want to create a function contact your OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software reseller You also need a copy of the OPEN SYSTEMS Developer Kit for file descriptions and dimension lengths for arrays A sample function GENERIC FNC is included with the software The functions that EIS provides follow the format of GENERIC FNC use it as a base for creating new functions If you are familiar with word processors or spreadsheets this function is like a template the format is set but you must fill in the blanks By looking at other functions already coded for specific tasks for example ARTRAN FNC and GLJYTD FNC you should be able to create your own functions You might notice that the line numbers are not necessarily continuous For example line 899 is listed after line 699 Do not change line numbers that are not listed they either are not used or should not need to be modified when
209. ld Setup types Company ID Warehouse ID Item Number Sub Type 1 Alphanumeric 2 Alphanumeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric 5 Alphanumeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 1 Item ID 1 Item Description 1 Item Sales 1 Item Quantity 2 Item ID G 35 Predefined Functions G 36 Sub 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 25 23 24 25 26 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Description 2 Item Description 2 Item Sales 2 Item Quantity 3 Item ID 3 Item Description 3 Item Sales 3 Item Quantity 4 Item ID 4 Item Description 4 Item Sales 4 Item Quantity 5 Item ID 5 Item Description 5 Item Sales 5 Item Quantity 6 Item ID 6 Item Description 6 Item Sales 6 Item Quantity 7 Item ID 7 Item Description Resource Manager User s Manual Predefined Functions Sub 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Type Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Description 7 Item Sales 7 Item Quantity 8 Item ID 8 Item Description 8 Item Sales 8 Item Quantity
210. ld Defaults Location ID MNOO1 Screen Pages 5 Bank ID Printer EIS Dashboard El User ID Other Defaults Bitmap Image Company 11 07 2002 Terminal T000 OVA Select or enter the values you want to use for the options listed See the field definitions for more information on a specific field To proceed to the second screen press Enter in the Bitmap Image field then press PgDn Press PgUp to return to this screen Your changes are not saved until you use the Proceed OK command on the second screen 2 26 Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration Defaults Field Definitions Field Name Inquiry Workstation Inquiry Copy From Bell Verify Exit Insert Quick Resource Manager User s Manual Description Enter the workstation ID This field appears if you enter a new workstation ID Enter the ID of the workstation from which you want to copy the default settings Enter the workstation ID to which you want to copy these default settings or enter ALL to copy the default settings to all workstations If you want the computer to beep during verification of commands such as Exit F7 Abandon F5 and Proceed OK enter A if not enter I If you want to confirm the Exit F7 and Abandon F5 commands by issuing the commands a second time enter A if not enter I If you want the character you type to appear before to the left of the
211. led Form Codes are used primarily to assign copy names to laser forms that you need to print multiple times for file copies accounting copies and so on Form codes can also be matched to specific printers using the Form Printers function page 6 45 Select Form Codes from the System File Maintenance menu The Form Codes screen appears 2515 Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe g OK Abandon Company ID Form Type Form Name Number of Copies 3 aj JAR Invoices 4 Copy Number Copy Name Prompt to Mount Forms 1 Accounting Copy Prompt M 2 File Copy Prompt IV 3 Customer Copy Prompt IV 4 Sales Rep Copy Prompt 5 6 7 8 9 Do pou want to print alignment mark before printing Company 08 28 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Select the company ID and form type to view the form codes you have set up for that company and form Change the values as necessary then use the Proceed OK command to save your entries Enter another company ID to work with or use the Exit F7 command to close the screen and return to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 43 Form Codes System File Maintenance Field Definitions 6 44 Field Name Company ID Form Type Form Name Number of Copies Copy Number Copy Name Prompt to Mount Forms Do you want to print alignment mark before printing Description Enter the ID of the company for which you
212. ling under specific tax authorities in the report while excluding other extraneous locations For example if you want to print a report listing data only for cities within a certain state enter that state s abbreviation in the From and Thru fields You could select the cities in the Tax Locations From and Thru fields below but doing so also includes any locations within that alphabetic range but perhaps outside the state you re targeting in the resulting report Enter the range of tax locations you want to include in the report Select the order in which you want to print the report If you want to list sales for each location select the box or enter Y in text mode if not clear the box or enter N in text mode If you want to list purchases for each location select the box or enter Y in text mode if not clear the box or enter N in text mode If you want to print all tax classes regardless of their balances select the box or enter Y in text mode If you want to print only those tax classes with nonzero balances clear the box or enter N in text mode Resource Manager User s Manual Sales Tax Report Application Setup Sales Tax Report 00 TO 20ET TO 20ET zroygfasag 008202 STqspany eu uo 00 Ti 82T Pea8TnNITEJ 008202 eTqepung eu uo XBL 00 aaoug asAQ 008 02 eTqepung eu uo XEL 00
213. ly 3 32 PM Tables List Accounts Payable Table ID APGL Description General Ledger Accounts No of Columns 2 Column Length 12 Type A DESCRIPTION GL ACCOUNT Discounts 804000 Cash 100000 Table ID APPDH Description Fiscal Year Period Table No of Columns 3 Column Length 12 PERIOD FISCAL YEAR PERIODS YEAR 2000 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 DO 00 00 00 00 Resource Manager User s Manual 11 19 Country Codes List The Country Codes List shows the country codes and the names associated with the codes that are on your system Country Codes List 08 29 2002 Builders Supply 3 47 PM Country Codes List By Country Code Country Name ANTIGUA ANGUILLA NL ANTILLES ANGOLA ARGENTINA AUSTRIA AUSTRALIA ARUBA BARBADOS BANGLADESH BELGIUM BURKINO FASO BULGARIA BAHRAIN BURUNDI BENIN BERMUDA BOLIVIA BRAZIL BAHAMAS BOTSWANA BELIZE CANADA CENT AFR REP CONGO SWITZERLAND IVORY COAST CHILE CAMEROUN CHINA MAINLAND COLOMBIA COSTA RICA Resource Manager User s Manual 11 21 Tax Locations List The Tax Locations List shows the tax locations and tax authorities that are on your system The list also identifies the sales and tax collected for each tax class in each tax location Tax Locations List 08 29 2002 Builders Supply 3 49 PM Tax Locations List By Tax Location General Ledger Accounts Tax on Tax Loc Name Tax Liability Refundable Californ
214. m ID Resource Manager User s Manual Type Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 5 Item Description 5 Item Sales 5 Item Quantity 6 Item ID 6 Item Description 6 Item Sales 6 Item Quantity 7 Item ID 7 Item Description 7 Item Sales 7 Item Quantity 8 Item ID 8 Item Description 8 Item Sales 8 Item Quantity 9 Item ID 9 Item Description 9 Item Sales 9 Item Quantity 10 Item ID 10 Item Description Predefined Functions G 41 Predefined Functions G 42 Sub Type Description 39 Numeric 10 Item Sales 40 Numeric 10 Item Quantity INVTOPSY Inventory Top 10 Items YTD Sales Totals The INVTOPSY function returns the 10 highest selling items from inventory for the year the ID and description the amount taken in from sales and the quantity sold Setup types Company ID Warehouse ID Item Number Sub Type Description 1 Alphanumeric 1 Item ID 2 Alphanumeric 1 Item Description 3 Numeric 1 Item Sales 4 Numeric 1 Item Quantity 5 Alphanumeric 2 Item ID 6 Alphanumeric 2 Item Description 7 Numeric 2 Item Sales 8 Numeric 2 Item Quantity 9 Alphanumeric 3 Item ID 1
215. m only if there are no data files for it Copy From This field appears if you entered a new company ID Enter the ID of the company from which you want to copy data Name Enter the company s name 3 4 Resource Manager User s Manual Company Setup Company Information Field Name Description Address 1 Address 2 Enter the company s street address on one or both lines City Enter the company s city Inquiry State Enter the company s state Zip Enter the company s zip code Inquiry Country Enter the company s country code The country code you enter also controls the defaults for the country code in other OSAS applications and the default phone number mask Site Enter the company s OSAS site number for reference Phone Enter the company s phone number using the mask that appears Fax Enter the company s fax number using the mask that appears OSAS Web If you want to use certain data files for this company with the OSAS Web application making them available for Internet access enter A If not enter I Date Mask If you want dates in the company s reports and on screens to be in American format mm dd yyyy enter 0 If you want them to be in European format dd mm yyyy enter 1 Time Mask If you want times in the company s reports and on screens to be in standard 12 hour format hh mm am pm enter 0 If you want them to be in military 24 hour format hh mm enter 1 Location ID Enter the ID of the location you wan
216. m the EIS File menu or press N in text mode to work with a new dashboard 8 34 Resource Manager User s Manual Executive Information Summary Dashboard Editor Command Delete Dashboard Edit Commands Add field Change field Delete field Move field Options Commands Resource Manager User s Manual Description Select Delete dashboard from the EIS File menu or press D in text mode to delete a dashboard Press Alt E or PgDn and then E in text mode to open the EIS Edit commands menu Select Add EIS field from the EIS Edit menu or press A in text mode to add an EIS field value to the dashboard You can add static text descriptions to the dashboard in text mode by typing the description where you want it on the screen You can add static text descriptions in graphical mode by selecting Add Text field from the EIS Edit menu Press C in text mode to replace the field where the cursor is with a different field You can change a field in graphical mode by changing the field ID in the Properties box Press D in text mode to remove the field where the cursor is from the screen You can remove a field in graphical mode by right clicking on it and selecting Delete from the menu that appears Press M in text mode to move the field under the cursor to a different part of the screen You can move a field in graphical mode by clicking on it and dragging it to its new location with the mouse or by changing the c
217. mand to launch the appropriate program for a given file type Since Linux UNIX machines lack a similar command you need to write a script to call and launch the program for a corresponding file type then specify that script name in the Default Start and Program Name field on the File Types screen for these workstations When OSAS launches a program to view an attached file it uses two variables to identify the file so that the program can open it PTH and FIL The PTH variable contains the attached document s file path while the FIL variable contains the document s file name The values for these variables are taken from the information you enter when you attach a document to a master file record In order for information to be passed correctly between OSAS and your other software programs to view attached files you must enter the PTH and FIL variables after program or script names in the Default Start and Program Name fields on the File Types screen The File Types screen is divided into two sections You must use the top header section to specify the workstation to which the file types apply and to enter the default start command or UNIX script location and name However you do not need to set up file types in the bottom section of the screen if you or your users use only the programs corresponding to the default file associations set up in Windows or in the UNIX script mentioned above You only need to enter file types if you or
218. mands Menu on page 1 24 for more information on the commands available Esc X Abandon processing or clear all fields Esc F Opens the appropriate File Maintenance function where you can view or update master file information This command is available when the Maint flag appears at the bottom of the screen Esc M Exits from the function Esc L Allows you to output the current screen to a printer to a print preview window or to a file Esc U Clears the contents of the current field Ctrl Z Deletes information to the end of the line Esc l Opens an information menu for the function when the Info flag appears at the bottom of the screen The commands that are available depend on the applications you have installed See Information Menu on page 1 39 for more information Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Text Functions Command Key Shift F3 Shift F4 Part Lookup Shift F5 Item Detail Lookup Shift F6 Lot Lookup Shift F7 Serial Number Lookup Shift F8 Item Descr Lookup Alternate Key Esc B Esc C Esc G Esc K Esc N Esc Q Resource Manager User s Manual Description Uses the item alias lookup when the IN Search flag appears for an Item ID field See Inventory Lookup on page 1 48 for more information In Sales Order pressing this key combination allows you to enter purchase requisitions from the Ordered Units Shipped and Backordered
219. menu Starting OSAS on Other Operating Systems To start OSAS on an operating system other than Windows enter osas at the operating system prompt The osas command can recognize three parameters t c and a The terminal ID t is the identification code assigned to the terminal you are using to run OSAS On multiuser systems each terminal usually has a default ID assigned when the terminals were added to the system Use the t parameter only when you want to log on with an ID other than the default ID The terminal parameter is valid only if you are using Resource Manager for LANs The company ID c is the identification code assigned to a company If your system carries two or more companies and you do not enter a company ID the menu of the company entered by the last person who used the terminal appears The access code a is your personal password Use the Access Codes function on the Resource Manager Company Setup menu to set up access codes The most general expression for getting into OSAS takes all the parameters into account For example if you are on terminal 2 T2 working with company B and the password is apple specify that information to access the system osas t T2 c B a apple Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction Welcome to OSAS In UNIX you can enter the parameters in any order and you can use any combination You must leave a space between the parameter mark t c or a and the para
220. meric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 6 Item Sales 6 Item Quantity 7 Item ID 7 Item Description 7 Item Sales 7 Item Quantity 8 Item ID 8 Item Description 8 Item Sales 8 Item Quantity 9 Item ID 9 Item Description 9 Item Sales 9 Item Quantity 10 Item ID 10 Item Description 10 Item Sales 10 Item Quantity G 39 Predefined Functions G 40 INVTOPSP Inventory Top 10 Items PTD Sales Totals The INVTOPSP function returns the 10 highest selling items from inventory for the period the ID and description the amount taken in from sales and the quantity sold Setup types Company ID Warehouse ID Item Number Sub 1 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Description 1 Item ID 1 Item Description 1 Item Sales 1 Item Quantity 2 Item ID 2 Item Description 2 Item Sales 2 Item Quantity 3 Item ID 3 Item Description 3 Item Sales 3 Item Quantity 4 Item ID 4 Item Description 4 Item Sales 4 Item Quantity 5 Ite
221. meter itself In Windows you can set up OSAS such that it always opens using a certain access code Open the OSAS program shortcut s properties and enter the access code and your company ID in the Target box For example using apple as your access code and H as your company ID enter the following C osas progRM osastm exe m4096 tT00 nTOO aapple cH If you want the system to prompt for an access code after opening enter a in the Target field followed by a space followed by c and the company ID In the Windows icon properties the parameter marks m t or n can be entered in any combination but must be before the separation dash The access code and company ID commands a and c must be entered after the separation dash See the Resource Manager Installation Manual for more information on these parameters Resource Manager User s Manual 1 5 Resource Manager Overview To use OSAS you must run Resource Manager through an operating system based on Microsoft Windows 95 Windows 989 Windows N Te Windows 20009 UNIX Linux or Novell NetWare OSAS operates on local area network LAN systems across a web server using the OSAS Web application and within a single computer After you install Resource Manager you can use it to install other applications modify how each application works and specify how the overall system operates You can install the other applications in any order unless their user
222. minal T000 INS Enter the file name for the file you want to rebuild or verify then use the Proceed OK command to rebuild the file When the rebuild is complete the Finished with Rebuild message appears and the screen lists information about the changes made to the file if any Press Enter to return to the Data File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual Purge Data Records Use the Purge Data Records function to remove specific data records Removing records from a file causes a loss of data that can in turn cause accounting problems in your data files Do not remove records from files unless instructed to do so by your reseller or a qualified technical support representative Select Purge Data Records from the Data File Maintenance menu The Purge Data Records screen appears 1513 Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe Bea OK Abandon File Name AMTB Description Tables File Type Highly Recoverable Logical Key Size 8 Bytes per record 640 Number of records Active keys 6 Deleted keys Key Chain 00 Starting Key 000001 Company 08 27 2002 Terminal 000 INS Resource Manager User s Manual 5 17 Purge Data Records Data File Maintenance Enter the file name key chain and starting key to purge then use the Proceed OK command to begin the purge process Each key from the file appears beginning with the starting key you entered As each record appears you can t
223. mns wide Number of rows must be greater than 4 The window must be more than four rows long Options and Interfaces program not found The system cannot access the program that is used to set options and interfaces for the application Choose a different application or make sure that the application is installed properly before you try again Resource Manager User s Manual A 13 System Messages References Path pathname cannot be created accessed The pathname you specified cannot be created or accessed Enter a different pathname to create or use the Application Information function to ensure that the application is installed properly Then try the function again Print Manager is unable to locate the print file file name Check the name of the print job you are trying to print and try again Possible Invalid Characters in Mask You have entered characters other than X or 9 in the mask Record is in use Another terminal on your system is using the data record you are trying to access Wait a few minutes and try again Record not in file The record identified by the data you entered in the field is not in the file Enter a different value in the field Removing Resource Manager is not allowed You cannot remove Resource Manager from the system Screen Definition File file name Not Found You cannot load a screen that is not on file Use the New Screen command to define a screen load an existing screen or use the In
224. mpany specific put a lowercase x after the file name File Accept the current file index number or enter the file index number used by the data file you specified Flds Accept the current number of fields or enter the 6 22 number of fields defined for the file you specified Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions Field Name Key Key Len Inclusion Mask Begin Length Exclusion Mask Begin Length Label Position Length Saving and Exiting Description Enter the key number that you want to use to display the records in the data file you selected Accept the current number or enter the length of the key number associated with the selected data file Enter the position of the key where the segment of the inclusion mask begins Then enter the length of the inclusion mask Enter the position of the key where the exclusion mask begins Then enter the length of the exclusion mask Enter the label that identifies the key segment to be entered when you use the Search Insert command or leave the field blank to disable the Search command Enter the position in the key number where the search label is found Enter the length in the Search command where the Search definition begins Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and continue with the next definition screen you selected If this is the last definition screen you selected the Global
225. n A function is a small program that processes data in a file and returns one or more values Use the Functions function on the File Maintenance menu to define the values in the function You can display the data straight from the function or you can use the Math formula to manipulate the data the function provides from one or more functions to calculate an original value You must supply a setup ID for the function to summarize the information correctly What does the word Global mean On an EIS Dashboard the Global command recalculates the fields on the current EIS Dashboard only The Global Dashboard Update function recalculates all the fields in the system What is the difference between the Recalc and Global commands Use the Recalc command to recalculate the value only in the highlighted field Use the Global command to recalculate all the values on the EIS Dashboard Resource Manager User s Manual C 3 Common Questions How do I select two noncontiguous accounts from a file Enter two ranges in the setup ID one for only the first account and another for only the second account How often is the Field History file updated History data is stored when you run the Global Dashboard Update function with the Save History flag set to YES How can I rename an EIS Dashboard You can load the EIS Dashboard in the Dashboard Editor function and save it as a different screen ID If you do not want the screen to be labeled under the
226. n and so on Enter the number of decimals you want assigned to inventory costs Enter the number of decimals you want assigned to inventory prices Enter the number of decimals you want assigned to inventory quantities Resource Manager User s Manual Company Setup Company Information Field Name Description Rates Enter the number of decimals you want assigned to rates Hours Enter the number of decimals you want assigned to hours Cr Limits Enter the number of decimals you want assigned to credit limits E mail Address Enter the e mail address of the company s main contact Web Site Enter the Internet address of the company s web site Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and exit to the Company Setup menu Resource Manager User s Manual 3 7 Data File Creation Use the Data File Creation function on the Company Setup menu to create the data files that you need to process information for a company Select Data File Creation from the Company Setup menu The Data File Creation screen appears Data File Creation 101 xl Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe g OK Abandon Current Company Select directory on which to create files OSAS65 data Application ID aj Company 08 27 2002 Terminal TODO OVR The data file directories you established for the system appear in the list If more than one directory is
227. n or access a different dashboard These commands are available in both graphical and text mode Resource Manager User s Manual 7 3 Overview EIS Dashboards To activate the commands on the dashboard screen in graphical mode right click on any field and select the appropriate command from the menu that appears or select the command from the EIS Functions menu at the top of the screen To activate the command on the dashboard screen in text mode press the letter key associated with the command Command Update Recalc Global Setup Field View Edit Load History Exit F7 7 4 Description Select Update or press U to update the information in the fields when used on a network Select Recalc or press R to recalculate a selected field so that you have the latest information Select Global or press G to recalculate all the fields on the screen for the latest information Select Setup or press S to view information within a range Select Field or press F to change the field definition Select View or press V to view information about how the highlighted field was calculated and what values it was designed to produce Select Edit or press E to reconfigure the dashboard Select Load or press L to load a different dashboard Select History or press H to display the dashboard using saved field history from a different date Press F7 to exit the dashboard Resource Manager User s
228. n as the tax authority tax ID amount of taxable and nontaxable sales tax collected for each location and GL account that sales taxes are posted to from other applications RMUCxxx User Comments The RMUCxxx file stores the comments you enter in the User Comments function RMUIxxx User ID The RMUIxxx file stores descriptions of user IDs for the User Comments function SUGGEST Suggestions The SUGGEST file stores the suggestions entered through the Other Commands menu Suggestions might include enhancements to the software that you would like to see B 10 Resource Manager User s Manual Common Questions C For the latest answers to OSAS related questions see our website at www OSAS com support osas faq Which interpreters work with Windows XW Microsoft Windows 95 98 NT and 2000 XY Microsoft Windows Netware Client My customer is running multiple servers Windows 95 98 Windows NT Windows 2000 Novell etc on the same network Will there be any problems installing OSAS for Windows As long as OSAS is installed on a supported server Windows 95 98 Windows NT 3 51 with service pack 5 or 4 0 with service pack 5 Windows 2000 or Novell 3 2 4 11 or 5 0 there should be no problems What workstations are supported for OSAS for Windows OSAS for Windows supports workstations running under Windows 95 98 NT 3 51 Workstation with service pack 5 NT 4 0 Workstation with service pack 5 and Windows 2000 When I use
229. n text mode You must back up your files before you can begin the purge process Enter the date and time before which you want to purge historical data then use the Proceed OK command to purge history and return to the EIS Periodic Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 8 17 Field Definitions Use the Field Definitions function on the EIS File Maintenance menu to create or modify these attributes of a field description display mask function ID setup ID and math formula If you intend to use only the functions and setup IDs that are already defined in the system you are ready to use the information as is and do not need to use the Field Definitions function If you intend to define the field in terms of functions and setup IDs that have not been established use the Setup function page 8 23 and the Functions function page 8 27 to enter this information before using the Field Definitions function to define your fields To produce a list of the information entered on the Field Definitions screen use the Field Definitions List function on the EIS Master File Lists menu Screen Use Screen Description Field Definitions Use the Field Definitions screen to create or modify a field Math Formula Use the Math Formula screen to enter a formula for the field on the dashboard Resource Manager User s Manual 8 19 Field Definitions Executive Information Summary Field Definitions Screen ER Commands Edit Mo
230. n the purge completes the Print Manager File Maintenance menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 9 19 Reports Printing a Report 10 3 Data File Allocation Report 10 5 Product Suggestions Report 10 7 Error Log 10 9 Global Inquiry Window Audit Report 10 11 E Mail History Report 10 13 E Mail History Purge 10 15 Resource Manager User s Manual 10 1 Printing a Report Resource Manager reports give you access to important information about your system Use the functions on the Reports menu to analyze the use of disk space review product suggestions before you send them identify errors or inconsistencies and view e mail history information You produce all reports in the same way Use the instructions below to print a report modifying the procedure as necessary for the report you are printing For example if the screen for the list you want to print does not contain check box options ignore that step and continue to the next Follow these steps to print a report 1 Select the report you want to print from the Reports menu The screen for that report appears The Data File Allocation Report is shown below as an example Data File Allocation Report y 5 xl Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xesbema 79 OK Abanden Application From faj Thu SO a Company From H EN Thru H aj Include Application Specific System Files Data Directory 1 Files Data Directory 2 Files Data Directory 3 Files
231. nction 10 13 E Mail Setup function 6 57 End inquiry command 1 47 report command 1 64 scroll region command 1 40 1 49 End function key 1 50 Enter inquiry command 1 47 scroll region command 1 49 Error Log function 10 9 sample 10 9 error messages A 1 Esc inquiry command 1 47 Execute an Operating System Command E 6 Executive Information Summary defined 1 3 Exit function key 1 37 pull down menu command 1 37 exit from inquiry window 1 47 from report to menu 1 64 from screen or window 1 37 F F1 function key 1 39 F10 function key 1 50 F2 function key 1 36 F3 function key 1 42 scroll region command 1 40 1 49 F3 function key 1 36 F5 function key 1 36 F6 function key 1 42 F6 function key 1 36 F7 inquiry command 1 47 report command 1 64 F7 function key 1 37 F9 function key 1 50 Favorites Menu 1 51 adding items to 1 27 changing to from 1 27 Favorites Menus removing items from 1 27 Field Definitions function 8 19 Field Definitions List function 8 39 sample 8 40 Field Down function key 1 36 pull down menu command 1 36 Field History Report function 8 13 sample 8 14 Field List function 11 29 Field Up function key 1 36 pull down menu command 1 36 file associations 2 35 file descriptions B 1 File Rebuild Verify function 5 15 screen 5 16 File Types function 2 35 files CNVTLOG B 2 OSAPPL B 5 OSBUF TXT B 5 OSBUT TXT B 5 OSCL B 5 OSCN B 5 OSCNVT
232. nction E 12 screen E 13 Global Dashboard Update function 8 15 Global Inquiry defined 1 3 Global Inquiry command E 10 window E 11 Global Inquiry Definitions function 6 19 Global Inquiry Window Audit Report function 10 11 sample 10 11 Global Inquiry Window List function 11 17 sample 11 17 graphical menu exiting from 1 20 features of 1 19 right click menu 1 26 1 43 sample screen 1 20 graphical menus right click menu 1 26 1 43 GUI Text Using OSAS with Contractors Job Cost 1 19 H Help 1 27 function key 1 39 pull down menu command 1 39 tool button 1 25 1 42 help commands F3 1 45 F6 1 45 F7 1 45 Help Screens function 6 35 Help Screens List function 11 13 sample 11 13 History command 1 56 Home inquiry command 1 47 report command 1 64 scroll region command 1 40 1 49 Home function key 1 50 Information command 1 53 Information menu 1 53 Comments command 1 54 Documents command 1 57 History command 1 56 Information command 1 53 Inquiry function key 1 36 1 43 graphical 1 43 partial key 1 46 pull down menu command 1 36 inquiry commands Down Arrow 1 47 End 1 47 Enter 1 47 Esc 1 47 F7 1 47 Home 1 47 Ins 1 47 PgDn 1 47 PgUp 1 47 Up Arrow 1 47 Inquiry Window Definitions function 6 11 6 15 screen 6 15 Inquiry Window Definitions List function 11 15 sample 11 15 Ins inquiry command 1 47 scroll region command 1 40 1 49 Ins
233. ned Functions Sub Type Description 39 Alphanumeric 10 Customer Rep 40 Alphanumeric 10 Customer Territory ARCUTOT AR Customer File Totals The ARCUTOT function returns the number of customers you have on file and the number of customers on credit hold Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Customer Count 2 Numeric Customers on Hold Count ARHIDAY AR Detail History File Daily Totals The ARHIDAY function returns the amount you received for a particular day from invoices credit memos payments finance charges sales tax freight and miscellaneous charges Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Invoices Total 2 Numeric Credit Memos Total 3 Numeric Payments Total 4 Numeric Finance Charges Total 5 Numeric Sales Tax Total Resource Manager User s Manual G 25 Predefined Functions G 26 Sub Type Description 6 Numeric Freight Charges Total 7 Numeric Miscellaneous Total ARHIPTD AR Detail History File PTD Totals The ARHIPTD function returns the amount you received for the period to date from invoices credit memos payments finance charges sales tax freight and miscellaneous charges Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Invoices Total 2 Numeric Credit Memos Total 3 Numeric Payments Total 4 Numeric Finance Charges Total 5 Numeric Sales Tax Total 6 Numeric Freight Charges Total 7 Numeric Miscellaneous Total ARHIYTD AR Detail History F
234. nformation for which you can set ranges appears Select the type of range you want to enter then enter the range of values to associate with the that type You can assign more than one range of values for the same setup type in the same setup ID for example companies A through F then K through M Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and return to the Setup screen Resource Manager User s Manual 8 25 Functions Use the Functions function on the EIS File Maintenance menu to modify the definition of functions that retrieve and calculate information you eventually want to assign to a field You can also use this function to modify the setup types description length and type associated with each function ID To produce a list of the information entered on the Functions screen use the Functions List function on the EIS Master File Lists menu Select Functions from the EIS File Maintenance menu The Functions screen appears Eoi Commands Edt Modes Other Scroll Commands Help 2xe re mal g OK Abandon Function ID El Description AP Open Invoice File Aged Totals Type Description Numeric z E 2 Balance Over 120 Total Due Invoice Count Vendor Count Active Vendor Count Past Due Vendor Count ij Xj z Field 001 of 010 Enter E dit Append Description Setup types Company 09 06 2002 Terminal TODO OVR R
235. nge the end date Press A to add a comment Move to the line you want to edit and press Enter to edit it Press O to print the comment This command appears only if you have set up access codes for this function Press E to toggle between shared and private comments Shared comments can be viewed by everyone private comments can be viewed only by the person who enters the correct access code Press F to go to the first comment Press L to go to the last comment Press N to go to the next comment Press P to go to the previous comment When you are finished entering comments use the Exit F7 command to return to the screen or menu you accessed the Other Commands menu from Inventory Price Calculator Use the Inventory Price Calculator to generate prices for items for specific customers without entering an order or invoice Resource Manager User s Manual Other Commands Select Inventory Price Calculator from the Other Command menu This screen appears Commands Edt Modes Other Inventory Lookups Help 2xe Be OK Abandon Price Calculator Location ID Mnoo01 aj E Item ID 100 aj Sale Units PKG EJE Price ID BUILD 3 Customer ID E Customer Level 3j Sale Date 06 27 2000 Sale Quantity 5 0000 Quantity Information Press Any Key Pricing Information n Hand 18 0000 Calc Unit Price 422 832
236. nt jobs PMSIZxxx Form Class The PMSIZxxx file stores the form classes you set up in the Form Classes function RMCDxxx Tax Class Code The RMCDxxx file stores tax classes and descriptions When you set up tax locations you assign a percentage and other information to each tax class The file is set up through the Tax Classes function The RMCDxxx file is used only by Accounts Receivable but is stored in Resource Manager so that it can be of future use to other applications RMDEVDEF Device Definitions The RMDEVDEF file stores sample device names that are used as an inquiry window during device maintenance RMDRVDEF Driver Definitions The RMDRVDEFF file stores terminal and plotter driver file names that are used as an inquiry window during device maintenance Resource Manager User s Manual B 9 File Descriptions RMGIDEF Global Inquiry Definitions The RMGIDFF file stores information and file names that are used as an inquiry window during global inquiries RMPRNDEF Printer Definitions The RMPRNDFF file stores the default printer definitions that are used as an inquiry window during device maintenance RMTDxxx Tax Location Detail The RMTDxxx file stores such tax location detail information as the percentage rates and tax expense account RMTHxxx Tax Location Header The RMTHxxx file stores the tax location header information RMTXxxx Tax Locations The RMTXxxx file stores such tax location informatio
237. ntries Moves back to the first field on the screen or to the first field after the key field without erasing any entries or changes Moves the cursor to the previous field Moves the cursor to the next field Clears data from all fields and moves the cursor to the first field on the screen Deletes information on the screen Since this command deleted an entire record use it with caution Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Graphical Functions Command Description Jump Moves the cursor to the next block of data on the screen or to the next field that requires an entry Exit Exits from a screen or a window without saving data Edit Menu Commands Edit Modes Other Information Help E xt Copy Shft F9 Paste lt Shft F10 gt e Undo Ctrl Z Command Description Copy Copies the contents of the current field Paste Pastes the value you copied from a previous field into the current field Undo Restores the contents of the current field from before you made changes to it Modes Menu Select the options you want to use Commands Edit Modes Other Information Help 3 xE p v Verify Exit gt v Bell Quick v Verify PgDown Command Description Verify Exit When verification is on you must press a key twice to verify that you want to exit or abandon functions Resource Manager User s Manual 1 37 OSAS Graphical Functions Introduction 1 38 Command Bell Quick Verif
238. ntroduction e Position the mouse cursor over the application and click The application briefly highlights and switches to the application screen e To jump to the first application on the menu press Home To jump to the last application on the menu press End To select a function from an application menu highlight and select your choices the same way you do on the main menu with one exception you can press PgDn only when an option leads to another menu You must press Enter to select a function On an application menu you can press PgUp to move to the menu immediately above it If you are several menu levels away from the main menu you can return to the main menu by pressing PgUp repeatedly or by pressing the Tab key You can exit from a menu in these ways e Press PgUp to go to the previous menu one menu up Press the Tab key to go to the main menu e Use Exit F7 to go to the operating system Commands Several commands are available within the menu to perform various tasks such as changing the system date entering access codes switching between sample data and live data and so on To access a command press the corresponding key If you re working with a keyboard that lacks function keys labeled with an F followed by a number or if you re working with an emulator in UNIX which can cause function keys to become unavailable press the appropriate alternate key combination to access the command Command Alternat
239. nu a function or an informational line Enter one of these codes to indicate the line s type 0 comment descriptive information only 1 menu file uses another menu file when selected 2 menu record uses another menu from the current file run executes an application program call executes a public program scall executes an operating system command info executes a public program directly EIS opens an EIS dashboard RW Rpt opens a GENERAL Report Writer report ONO RW Il Enter the program name menu file name menu record name or operating system command to execute If you selected a type of 0 press Enter Enter a parameter for the menu selection If you selected a type of 0 for the line or if you do not need a parameter press Enter Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Favorites Menus Command Bar Definitions Command Enter edit Move Copy Swap Unique Title Write Resource Manager User s Manual Description Move to the line you want to edit and press Enter Press M to move the line to a new location Press C to copy the line to another line Press S to swap the position of a line with another line Press U to create or remove unique menu items Press T to go back to the Title field Press W to write save the line you changed 6 13 Inquiry Window Definitions Use the Inquiry Window Definitions function to maintain the windows that ap
240. ny ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Checks Total G 2 Resource Manager User s Manual Predefined Functions APHCPTD AP Checks History File PTD Totals The APHCPTD function returns the total amount paid with checks in the period the amount saved through discounts by paying on time in the period the amount paid with checks in advance in the period and the amount saved through discounts by paying in advance in the period Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Regular Checks Gross Due 2 Numeric Regular Checks Discounts 3 Numeric Prepaid Checks Gross Due 4 Numeric Prepaid Checks Discounts APHCYTD AP Checks History File YTD Totals The APHCYTD function returns the total amount paid with checks for the year to date Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Checks Total Resource Manager User s Manual G 3 Predefined Functions G 4 APHIDAY AP Detail History File Daily Totals The APHIDAY function returns the transaction totals for a particular day Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Invoices Subtotal 2 Numeric Invoices Tax 3 Numeric Invoices Freight 4 Numeric Invoices Miscellaneous 5 Numeric Debit Memos Subtotal 6 Numeric Debit Memos Tax 7 Numeric Debit Memos Freight 8 Numeric Debit Memos Miscellaneous 9 Numeric Invoice Totals 10 Numeric Debit Memos Totals APHIPTD AP Detail History File PTD Totals The APHIPTD function returns the transac
241. o add 12 Use the Lot Information function to change item quantities information 13 Location does not exist in Location s File 14 Item entered is not set up for the location entered 15 No lines exist in the scroll region Y 16 Command not available s 17 Customer level already exists for this item xj Enter edit Append Goto Company 08 28 2002 Terminal T000 OVA Select the application for which you want to view edit or add messages The line number and message text for each message appear If no messages are set up for the application a screen appears where you can enter a new message Select a command e Press Enter to edit the selected line e Press A to add a system message line to the end of the list e Press to go to a specific system message This command appears only when there is more than one screen of messages Resource Manager User s Manual 6 39 System Messages System File Maintenance When you re finished viewing adding or editing system messages for the selected application use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and exit to the System File Maintenance menu Adding or Editing a System Message 6 40 This screen appears when you add a new message or edit an existing one The screen also appears when you enter the System Messages function if no messages have been set up for the application you selected 2515 Commands Edit Modes Other Help
242. o shift print For example your Top Margin setting is 5 To move down increase the number 54 To move up decrease the number 46 A 1 4 character shift would be approximately 04 added to or subtracted from 5 Direct Printing in OSAS for Windows Linux or UNIX Moving text up You cannot move text up Moving text down To move lines down you must add the following configuration values in the config bbx file for the printer alias you are using These values let you move down in 1 720 inch fragments Follow these steps below 1 Select Devices from the Resource Manager Workstation Configuration menu 2 Editthe appropriate alias line and add 1B266C343555 at the end of the Standard or Compressed Print field Resource Manager User s Manual D 3 Laser Alignment Notes The number 3435 is the hex code for 45 which moves everything down 45 720 of an inch If you need to move down more change the second and last numbers in 3435 because the three s are always constant For example if you want to move text farther down you could try 56 The hex code would change to 3536 In hex each number is represented by 3 and then the number so 5 35 and 6 36 Left to Right and Up and Down Issues Direct Printing in OSAS for Windows Linux or UNIX If you must add hex codes to modify print left to right and up and down you must edit the config bbx file with a text editor and add the codes to the end of the SP section of the alias lin
243. o the Devices screen Field Definitions Field Name Description BBx Device Name Enter the device name 2 22 Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration Devices Inquiry Inquiry Inquiry Field Name Copy From System Device Name Device Type Driver Name Mode Font1 Font2 Font3 Slave On Slave Off Initialization Termination Resource Manager User s Manual Description This field appears if you enter a new device name Enter the name of the device whose settings you want to copy Enter the system device name Select the device type from the inquiry window Enter the name of the device driver If your graphics device supports multiple modes of operation enter a mode number Enter the names of one to three files that contain fonts the device can use Font1 is the default Enter the hexadecimal codes to be sent to the plotter before the text for the graphics device Enter the hexadecimal codes to be sent to the printer after the text Enter an operating system command that the system executes before a job is sent to the plotter Enter the commands to reset the device when the plotting job is finished 2 23 Devices Workstation Configuration Devices Append Line Other Screen The Devices Append Line Other screen appears when you add an alternate device line or edit one of these lines in the devices file Append Line E 15 xl Commands Edi
244. o the printer after the text Standard Print Enter the hexadecimal code for standard print 10 characters per inch Standard Cols Enter the number of columns that can be printed in standard print mode Termination Enter the commands to reset the device when the print job is finished Timeout Enter the number of seconds the system waits for a device to become available before displaying an error message Top Margin Enter the amount of offset you want for the top margin For sysprint devices the size appears in decimals If you change the default setting the new setting overrides the Windows default Printer On Enter the codes that initialize the printer before a print job Printer Off Enter the codes that reset the printer when the print job is finished 2 16 Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration Command Print File Sysprint Defaults Devices Description If you entered the system device name FILE you must enter the name of the default file for output to the disk When you install Resource Manager in a Windows environment several default sysprint devices are created Device Windows Default Printer Laser LPL Print Dialog Laser PDL Print Setup Laser PSL Windows Default Printer Dot Matrix LPD Print Dialog Dot Matrix PDD Print Setup Dot Matrix PSD Resource Manager User s Manual Default Settings Lines Per Page 63 Standard Cols 80 Compres
245. on Resource Manager User s Manual 6 35 Help Screens System File Maintenance Field Definitions Field Name Inquiry Application ID Inquiry Help Key Inquiry Copy From Field ID Description Enter the ID of the application whose help screens you want to add or maintain Enter the key of the help screen This field appears if you enter a new help ID Enter an existing help ID from which you want to copy text Enter the name of the field or the title of the help screen If you leave the field blank the Copy From screen appears Enter a similar field ID to copy help text to this help ID If you choose a field ID that appears in more than one program you must select the specific program from which you want to copy When you press Enter the field ID and the help text appear Command Bar Definitions Command Enter edit Append Header Copy From Saving and Exiting Description Move to the line you want to edit and press Enter The Help Text screen appears Press A to add a new line of text to the end of existing text The Help Text screen appears Press H to return the field ID Press C to display the Copy From screen To save your entries and exit to the System File Maintenance menu use the Write command followed by the Exit F7 command 6 36 Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance Help Screens Help Text Screen 2515 Commands Edit Modes Other Help
246. on Select Report History Inquiry from the Print Manager menu The Report History Inquiry screen appears and lists the report printed the type of action performed the time the report was printed the class assigned to the report and the user and terminal that produced the report 3 Report History Inquiry BEI Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help 2x Ok Abandon Description Time Cis Tem Dashboard History Dashboard History 12 06 21 Tom Tom Detail History Report 12 06 2000 Tom Miscellaneous Credits Journal 12 06 2000 Lisa Sales Journal 12 06 2000 Lisa Vendor Analysis Report 12 06 2000 Caroline Aged Trial Balance 12 06 2000 Caroline Cash Flow Report 12 06 2000 Lisa Aged Trial Balance 12 06 2000 Lisa Statements 12 06 2000 Lisa Sort By Reverse Executed 1414 View file Toggle menu file Company 06 26 2000 Terminal TODO OVR Use the commands to view path names toggle the appearance of the screen and sort the list Use the Exit F7 command to return to the Print Manager menu Resource Manager User s Manual 9 3 Report History Inquiry Print Manager 9 4 Field Definitions Field Name Description Type Date Time Cls User Term Description The name of the print job appears The action p
247. on the Company Setup menu before you can modify them here The EIS commands and fields appear Use the commands to grant or deny access to a command or field then use the Exit F7 command to return to the EIS File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 8 31 Access Codes Executive Information Summary 8 32 Command Bar Definitions Command Enter toggle All None Goto Description Move the prompt to the command or field ID to which you want to grant or deny access and press Enter to toggle from selected YES to cleared NO and vice versa Press A to grant access to all EIS commands and fields Press N to deny access to all EIS commands and fields Press G to go to a specific command or field This command is available only when there is more than one screen of commands Resource Manager User s Manual Dashboard Editor Use the Dashboard Editor function create or modify a new dashboard Use this function only after you have established the fields you need through the Field Definitions function page 8 19 The way in which you edit dashboards is different in text and graphical modes The information stored for the dashboards in text and graphical are different as well If you want to define a dashboard for use in both the text and graphical modes you must set it up twice once in each mode Select Dashboard Editor from the EIS File Maintenance menu An untitled screen appears
248. on they contain Options and Interfaces List 08 29 2002 Builders Supply 3 53 PM Options and Interfaces List For Resource Manager Description Interface to General Ledger Automatically check reminders on startup of OSAS Use Print Manager Track user login activity Do you want the system to assign automatic file names Do you want the system to assign automatic archive names Do you want to use report classes with Print Manager Do you want to keep Print Manager report history Display Print Manager control lists for Keep field level access codes for EIS Keep value files history for EIS o o o o o o o o o End of Report Resource Manager User s Manual Options YES YES YES YES YES YES User ID NO YES NO YES 11 27 Field List Field List 08 29 2002 3 55 PM Field ID AP BATCH ID APCTx APLSX APTDx APTHx INHIx POCTx POLIx POLRx POLSx POOHx POORx POPOx PORGx PORIx PORTx Use the Field List function to view and print out all the field ID codes and the definitions The field codes control how fields are changed when you use the Change Fields function Description File Description AP Batch ID P Transaction Control File P Lot Serialized File Transaction Detail File Transaction Headers IN Detail History Control File Control Record Lot Serial Invoiced File Lot Serial Received File Lot Serial File Open Order Header File Open Order Detail File Restart FIle
249. ond number The calculation is made and the total is displayed at the bottom of the tape This total is used to start the next calculation 4 Type the second operator do not press Enter The last total is recalled from memory The operator then appears in the Tape field behind the last total 5 Enter the next number The calculation is made and the new total appears at the bottom of the tape Repeat steps 2 5 until the calculation is complete As new calculations are displayed at the bottom of the Tape field the previous numbers and operators scroll up the display area to make room When the Tape field is full the numbers scroll off the top of the display area Resource Manager User s Manual E 5 Other Commands To repeat the last calculation using the same operator and number press the same operator key again You can repeat this operation indefinitely Execute an Operating System Command You can execute an operating system command from any field in OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software Follow these steps to execute an operating system command 1 Select Execute an Operating System Command from the Other Commands menu 2 Enter the command you want to execute 3 Use the Proceed OK command to execute the operating system command If the operating system command works properly the message Press F7 to exit appears If the system issues a return value error message see the operating system manual for information
250. ons At that point you are ready to choose an option E 10 Resource Manager User s Manual Other Commands Select Global Inquiry from the Other Commands menu Then select an application A window appears Vendors by ID x Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help ID Nane Ant Due Last Purch Purch YTD 2 PLUMBING PPLY COMPANY 12 09 00 810964 2 ATLANTIS TELEPHONE 424 12 15 00 2332 al BORIS CONSTRUCTION COMPANY 17080 84 11 17 00 161903 87 CLEVELAND INTERIORS INC 199908 74 12 11 00 199908 74 EDDY APPLIANCE CO 1060 00 12 07 00 27587 07 ELLIS ELECTRICAL SUPPLY 75418 36 11 05 00 796451 56 HENNEPIN MUNICIPAL UTILITIES 1060 00 12 15 00 5830 00 JOHNSON DOOR COMPANY INC 14363 53 12 17 00 52539 09 JONES REALTY COMPANY 00 01 15 99 00 LUMMOX HEATING amp AIR CONDITION 00 00 MILOOL MILLWORK LUMBER amp CABINETS 00 04 22 00 11203 14 MINOOL MINNEAPOLIS WATER DEPARTMENT 106 00 12 15 00 583 00 PLAOOL PLASTICS amp METAL FABRICATORS 18208 15 12 05 00 18208 15 TELOOl TELL amp JACOBY 424 00 12 15 00 2332 00 THOO01 THOMPSON HEATING amp 164361 49 12 17 00 707810 24 TIMBERLAND WINDOWS INC 44841 36 11 22 00 77434 y y zj Po orders Ap invs Inv hist iTem hist Vend misc F2 for window list CompanyH 09 06 2002 Terminal TODO OVR On the example screen the user selected Accounts Payable from the Global Inqui
251. oordinates in the Properties box Press PgDn and then O in text mode to change the look of the screen The options menu is not available in graphical mode 8 35 Dashboard Editor Executive Information Summary Command Description Set tab size Press S in text mode to set the number of spaces between tabs The setting is saved This command is not available in graphical mode Change title Press C in text mode to change the title of the screen You can change the title of the screen in text mode by using the Properties box on the dashboard background Saving and Exiting Use the Exit F7 command to return to the EIS File Maintenance menu 8 36 Resource Manager User s Manual Screen Definitions List Use the Screen Definitions List function to produce a list of EIS Dashboard definitions sample list is on page 8 38 Follow these steps to print or view the list 1 Select Screen Definitions List from the EIS Master File Lists menu The Screen Definitions List appears Screen Definitions List J 150 x Commands Edit Modes Other Help Y X e OK Abandon Pick Dashboard From JAPANAL aj Thu aj Show Screen Layouts Character only Show Fields Used Show Field Detail Show Function Setup Detail Character Dashboards Graphical Dashboards Both Company H 09 06 2002 Terminal T000 OVR 2 Enter the range of dashboard IDs you
252. ou entered Saving and Exiting When all occurrences of the text you entered have been found press Enter to return to the Archive Report Control screen Resource Manager User s Manual 9 13 Archive Report Control Print Manager Print Control Screen 9 14 4 Print Parameters Ex Commands Edit Modes Other Help AXE BB BA 76 or Abandon Copies 1 Page From 1 Page Thru 0 User Class fi aj Field Definitions Field Name Description Copies Enter the number of copies you want to print Page From Enter the first page number you want to print from the file Page Thru Enter the last page number you want to print from the file User Accept the current user ID or enter a different ID Class Accept the current report class or enter a different report class Saving and Exiting If you print using a report class that is different from the last report class used by the printer you selected a message appears to warn you Select the output device to begin printing the report When the report is printed you can either retain the report or remove it from the Archive Report Control Enter R to retain the report or D to delete it Resource Manager User s Manual Report Classes Report classes are used to group report files for easier reference For example you might assign report classes based on the department that uses the report accounting sales and so on the time period the report
253. ource Manager User s Manual Access Codes Use the Access Codes function to restrict access to commands and fields on the EIS Dashboard display screen You must use the Access Codes function on the Company Setup menu to set up access codes before you can modify it here to define access rights to EIS functions Select Access Codes from the EIS File Maintenance menu The Access Codes screen appears Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help 2xe OK Cancel Access Name admin B Access Field ID Description EIS Dashboard Edit Command EIS Dashboard Global Command Recalc EIS Dashboard Recalc Command Setup EIS Dashboard Setup Command View EIS Dashboard View Command Hist EIS Dashboard History Command Field EIS Dashboard Field Command Load EIS Dashboard Load Command Update EIS Dashboard Update Command APAGE 12 AP Aged Open Invoices 121 APAGE_30 AP Aged Open Invoices 31 60 APAGE_60 AP Aged Open Invoices 61 90 APAGE 90 AP Aged Open Invoices 91 120 APAGE AV AP Aged Open Invoices Active Vendor Count APAGE_CO AP Aged Open Invoices Vendor Count Enter toggle All None Goto Company 06 21 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Lo bb o IESUS UST UST UTE ST ST ST ST ST AA Af Ud 4 Select the access name you want to modify Remember you must set up access codes in the Access Codes function
254. outine Data Names Code Description NOTE Returned Field Batch Number Description Lock Flag Purchases Jrnl Statu Mise Debt Jrnl Statu Status NOTE Returned Field Distribution Code Description NOTE Returned Field GL ACCT NO GL ACCT DESC NOTE Returned Field BANK ID BANK DESCRIPTION NOTE Returned Field Check Number Check Date Void Flag Vendor ID 11 15 Global Inquiry Window List The Global Inquiry Window List provides information about each Global Inquiry window This information is valuable if you are setting up windows and want a list of windows that have already been established Global Inquiry Window List 08 29 2002 File Topic No of APHIx Name Formula ITEM ID INLD LAST PUR DATE INLD LAST PUR RTN Nane Formula SHORT NAME INVOICE NO INVOICE DATE TEMP QTY PURCH TEMP EXT PRICE ID Column Headings Description Resource Manager User s Manual Builders Supply Global Inquiry Window List Inventory Purchase History General Information Key Inclusion Begin Len Exclusion Begin Len Key Search Label Search Pos 20 Summary Fields Len Row Col Xref Item ID Last Purch Date Description Last Purch Rtn Data Fields 820 0 888880 00 Invoice Quantity 11 17 Tables List The Tables List shows the tables that are in any application and the information they contain Tables List 08 29 2002 Builders Supp
255. pear when you use the Inquiry F2 command Although the inquiry windows are already set up for you you can change the size of the window modify data and headings or add a window Select Inquiry Windows Definitions from the System File Maintenance menu The Inquiry Windows Definitions screen appears Inquiry Window Definitions M iol xli Commands Edit Modes Other Help xXt m5mmsu e OK Abandon Application GL aj Window ID GLA El Topic Number 000 File Name GLMAx File Number 1 Title General Ledger Inquiry Key Number o Size Col Row No Data Name Typ User Mask Fmt Fid Beg Len Col Stat 23 3 1 GLACCT NO 0 1 001 004 012 3 Total 48 18 2 GLACCTDESC 0 1 002 001 030 16 Mask 3 Beg Len 4 Inc zl 3 5 Ec of 0 6 7 Return No 1 8 g 10 11 12 Headings Output ACCT DESCRIPTION Columns Used 45 of 46 Company 08 28 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Select the application and window ID for which you want to view or edit the window definition Make any changes if necessary then use the Proceed OK command to save your entries Use the Exit F7 command to return to the System File Maintenance menu Refer to the field definitions for more information Resource Manager User s Manual 6 15 Inquiry Window Definitions System File Maintenance Field Definitions Inquiry Inquiry Inquiry 6 16 Field Name Application Window ID
256. pears The file type appears The logical key size appears The number of records appears The number of bytes in each record appears The number of active keys appears A key chain represents a primary key used in the table to sort and organize data To reduce the amount of information viewed enter the key chain to use to sort the data or enter 99 to view all key chains Refer to the File Descriptions Manual for information on key chains Enter the range of the records you want to view in the file Select the information you want to view You can choose to view the keys only or the keys and the data together Resource Manager User s Manual View File Contents Data File Maintenance View File Contents Report Strg TEUINOP TH H LTO PIEP S9SYSO ID sausauo META Atddng s sprrng gt A lt lt gt ZT lt P6 PE69 DOOTOS lt gt u Y lt gt lt gt SHTYS 40 LSOD lt gt 0 lt gt Z88T5PZ lt gt Z88T95PZ lt gt H lt gt 200000 lt gt A lt lt gt 2 lt 8 8E8TT lt oooTor lt gt U V lt gt lt gt SETYS lt gt 0 lt gt Z88T5PZ lt gt Z88T5PZ lt gt H lt gt T00000 lt 1 ZjET T TIET ST T 2T 2 T TT 9T TIOT 2T TI6 teme 92 9 WTS t TIP me lette IT TIPT ter PIET IT eleT TZ ET T T ET ST TIZT iz U TT ST TIOT 2T TI6 tema izi SZT 9 TIS WIDE e T z Hd 92 p 2002 42 80 230740 D 0T
257. pes are missing In general assign all the possible setup types to a setup ID Warning RMPDxxx table does not exist Entry here will add table The RMPDxxx table has not been set up Press Enter to create a new table Width of window data is greater than window size Because the data you selected to appear in the window is wider than the window size you defined the window data will be truncated A 18 Resource Manager User s Manual References System Messages Window windowiD not on file The window ID you selected is not in the Definitions file for the application You must enter a version number You cannot proceed with the conversion until you enter a valid version number Resource Manager User s Manual A 19 File Descriptions xxAPPL TXT Application Information The xxAPPL TXT file stores information about the applications to be installed on the system XxDATA Data Information The xxDATA file stores the data file information for applications This information is used to create files during installation rebuilding resizing files and printing the Data File Allocation Report xxFILES TXT Installation Copy Program The xxFILES TXT file determines which files to copy and when to prompt for another application volume during installation xxFRST TXT First Program Instructions The xxFRST TXT file stores BB statements that perform special functions before the installation of an application xxHELP
258. plication You cannot convert files for the application or the conversion program is missing from your system Choose a different application to convert or copy the conversion program to the application s program directory No data directories are defined You did not specify the directory that contains your data files Use the Directories function to specify the directory No Fields in Formula A formula must contain at least one field No OSCODE File Setup Company Access Codes First You must set up access codes through Resource Manager before you set them up in EIS See page 3 19 A 12 Resource Manager User s Manual References System Messages No help records matching this field name The help record you specified does not contain any descriptive text Enter a different help ID No jobs have been selected for batch processing Before printing jobs that are in the queue you must select at least one print job to be included in the batch by using the B command No options found for this application The application you selected has no options No source files found for applID The source files were not found for the application you are working with Check the directory that contains the files to be converted for the proper source files No unprinted suggestions match print selections The suggestions you entered have already been printed Number of columns must be greater than 4 The window must be more than four colu
259. prepares the records to accumulate new figures for the next reporting period You can clear tax locations for a range of taxing authorities and tax locations Select Clear Sales Tax from the Application Setup menu The Clear Sales Tax screen appears Clear Sales Tax A Ioj xj Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe g OK Abandon Have You Printed the Sales Tax Report Thru Tax Location From Pick Tax Authority From CA Thu MN Le llo Company 08 27 2002 Terminal TODO OVR Select the box if you have printed the Sales Tax Report to continue otherwise clear the box and do so before continuing Select the range of tax authorities or locations for which you want to clear accumulated tax amounts and press Enter to begin processing After processing completes the main menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 4 19 Period Setup Use the Period Setup function to set up the CNVTxxx Period Conversion table the current fiscal year and the number of periods per year Select Period Setup from the Application Setup menu The Period Setup screen appears 2519 Commands Edit Modes Other Help AXE g OK Abandon Current Fiscal Year No of Periods Year Period Begin Date End Date 1 Gam Gel 2 027 01 02 7 28 3 037 01 037 31 4 04 2 01 04 4 30 5 0 7 0 0 7 31 6 067 06 7 30 07 2 07 2 31 8 08 7 08 7 31 9
260. press the left mouse button twice If there is too long a pause between clicks the computer may interpret your action as two separate clicks and may not perform the desired function Resource Manager User s Manual 1 11 Conventions Introduction To deselect an object move the cursor off the icon or folder onto a blank space within the window and press the left mouse button Some mouse manufacturers allow you to change the function of the mouse buttons for those who prefer for example to use the mouse with their left hand In this case reverse the commands when you use them For example a click refers to a single press of the right mouse button while the term right click refers to a single press of the left button GUI Text Command Conventions When you see the phrase use the Proceed OK command in the user s manuals press PgDn in either text or graphical mode In graphical mode clicking OK has the same effect as pressing PgDn GUI Text Menu and Function Conventions When you start OSAS the main menu appears and lists the applications available for use If you are using UNIX or Linux the text main menu appears If you are using Windows you can choose between the text main menu the graphical main menu or the start style main menu Use the Defaults function under the Resource Manager Workstation Configuration menu to select the style of menu you want to appear by default or you can press Shift F5 to toggle
261. printing print jobs C 3 printing reports 10 3 PRO 5 Command tool button 1 26 Proceed OK function key 1 36 pull down menu command 1 36 verification button 1 43 Proceed command 1 15 Product Suggestions E 8 Product Suggestions Report function 10 7 sample 10 7 pull down menu functions commands 1 36 Edit 1 37 Help 1 38 Information 1 39 Inventory Lookup 1 41 Modes 1 37 Other 1 38 Scroll Commands 1 40 graphical menus 1 22 Favorites 1 23 File 1 22 Help 1 25 Modes 1 23 Other 1 24 Tools 1 23 pull down menus functions information menu 1 53 Purge Dashboard History function 8 17 Purge Data Records function 5 17 Resource Manager User s Manual Purge Report History function 9 19 Q Quick mode pull down menu command 1 38 R Report Classes function 9 15 report commands 1 64 Down Arrow 1 64 End 1 64 Exit 1 64 F7 1 64 Home 1 64 PgDn 1 64 PgUp 1 64 Right Arrow 1 64 Tab 1 64 Up Arrow 1 64 Report History Inquiry function 9 3 Reports conventions 1 59 Data File Allocation Report 10 5 Error Log 10 9 Field Definitions List 8 39 Functions List 8 41 Global Inquiry Window Audit Report 10 11 including all information 1 59 limiting information 1 59 printing 10 3 Product Suggestion Report 10 7 Screen Definitions List 8 37 selecting information for 1 59 Setup Definitions List 8 43 Resource Manager features of 1 3 Restore function 5 5 screen 5 5 Right Arrow repor
262. quiry Inquiry 6 52 Field Name Field ID Description Application ID Master File File Description Numeric Field Field Number Field Start Field Length Window ID SELVAL File Name Description Fld Num Start Len Description Select the field ID you want to add or change Enter or edit the description of the field Enter or edit the application ID to which the field belongs Enter or edit the file name of the master file where the field is defined If the master file is company specific append a lowercase x to the file name Enter or edit a description of the master file If this field contains numeric values select the box or enter Y in text mode if not clear the box or enter N in text mode Enter or edit the field number within the master file where this field is located If this is not a numeric field enter or edit the starting position within the specified field number where this field ID begins If this is not a numeric field enter or edit the total number of characters that this field ID uses Enter or edit the ID of the inquiry window you want to use when entering field values in the Change Fields function Enter or edit the selection value associated with the inquiry window if necessary The files that contain this field are listed along with the field information where the field is located in the file Resource Manager User s Manual System File Maintenance
263. quiry F2 command to look up and select a screen Setup ID setupID Is Not on File The setup ID you entered is not on file Enter an ID that is on file or use the Inquiry F2 command to look up and select an ID A 14 Resource Manager User s Manual References System Messages Sharing violation reading drive fdrive Abort Retry Fail You are trying to load multiple OSAS sessions too quickly Press A to abort the process exit from all Windows sessions and Windows itself and reboot your computer Then try again make sure that each OSAS session is fully loaded before you load another OSAS session Source directory cannot be an OSAS directory You must enter a directory that is not used by OSAS Create a directory to convert from and enter it as the source directory Spool file file name is in use Press Enter to abort Someone else is using the file you are trying to access Try again later Starting column must be less than 75 Starting column plus number of columns must be less than 80 The starting position of the window you create cannot be beyond screen column 74 and the last column in the window cannot extend beyond column 79 Make the window smaller or position the first column farther left Starting row must be less than 20 Starting row plus the number of rows must be less than 25 The starting position of the window you create cannot be below screen line 19 and the last row of the window cannot extend b
264. r More Sales Order Accounts Payable Accounts Receivable Payroll Resource Manager Builders Supply Menu List Accounts Payable Description Vendors and Invoices Invoices Detail History Summary History Transactions Copy Recurring Entries Purchases Journal Miscellaneous Debits Journal Daily Sales Tax Report Change Batches Batch Control Post Transactions Open Invoice Report Cash Flow Report Aged Trial Balance Vendor Analysis Report Sales Tax Report APQUIRY APSOICON APSDHCON APVHS APENTINI APPSR APPRI APPRI APTAX APCHGBAT RMACB APPST APPRO APCFL APAGE APPRA RMTAX 11 5 Backup Restore Commands List The Backup Restore Commands List shows the commands that are used to back up and restore the data and program files on your system Backup Restore Commands List 08 29 2002 Builders Supply Backup Restore Commands List Backup to Floppy Command Line OSBUF TXT BACKUP dir y select flop S Restore from Floppy Command Line OSREF TXT RESTORE flop dirj select S Backup to Tape Command Line OSBUT TXT N A Restore from Tape Command Line OSRET TXT N A End of Report Resource Manager User s Manual 11 7 Application Information List The Application Information List shows the applications that are on your system and their installation information Application Information List 08 29 2002 3 02 PM Information Description Base Application Ve
265. r Help 2xe OK Abandon Tax Class 00 Description Consumer Goods Taxable Sales 20107 80 Sales Tax Percent 6 500 Nontaxable Sales 335130 13 Purch Tax Percent 6 500 Tax Collected 1307 00 Refundable Percent 0 000 Expense Acct 806000 Taxable Purchases 00 Nontaxable Purchases 00 Tax Paid 00 Tax Refundable 00 Press any key The View Tax Class screen is a view only screen that appears when you select a line on the Tax Locations screen and press V Use this screen to verify information If any information is incorrect return to the Tax Locations screen to edit the appropriate line Press any key to close this screen and return to the Tax Locations screen 4 10 Resource Manager User s Manual Tax Groups Use tax groups to combine several tax locations for simultaneous sales tax calculations for line items For example a group could consist of a state and a local tax authority who both assess a sales tax on merchandise sold within their jurisdiction Use the Tax Groups function to set up and maintain tax groups Select Tax Groups from the Application Setup menu The Tax Groups screen appears and lists the tax groups you have set up 251 Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help e OK Abandon Group ID Description EEE Tax Levels mn Method One Two Three Four Five California Combined CA amp Maryland Combined 2 Minnesota Combined aj Minneapolis M
266. r right For example your Left Margin setting is 260 To move to the right increase the number 285 To move to the left decrease the number 235 A 1 4 character shift would be approximately 025 added to or subtracted from 260 Direct Printing in OSAS for Windows Linux or UNIX Moving text to the left You cannot move text to the left Moving text to the right If your forms are aligned too far to the left you must add the following configuration values in the config bbx file for the printer alias you are using These values let you shift to the right in 1 720 inch increments Follow these steps 1 Select Devices from the Resource Manager Workstation Configuration menu 2 Edit the appropriate alias line and add 1B266C323255 at the end of the Standard or Compressed Print field Resource Manager User s Manual Laser Alignment Notes The number 3232 is the hex code for 22 which moves everything to the right 22 720 of an inch If you need to move to the right more change the second and last numbers in 3232 because the three s are always constant For example if you want to move text farther to the right you could try 25 The hex code would change to 3235 In hex each number is represented by 3 and then the number so 2 32 and 5 35 Up and Down Issues Using sysprint in OSAS for Windows If you are printing to a sysprint device you can place a decimal in the printer s Top Margin field on the alias line t
267. r select Standard or enter S if you want to view the report in standard width or select Compressed or enter C if you want to view it in compressed width 5 Press Enter The Print Preview screen displays the report as it will look when printed out in hard copy 6 To print from this screen select Print from the File menu To exit from this screen select Exit from the File menu Save the Report as a File To save the report as a text file select File or enter F The data path set up for the workstation in the Defaults function on the Resource Manager Workstation Configuration menu appears If necessary enter a new data path or click the Browse button to navigate to the correct directory then enter the file name followed by the txt extension The file name plus extension that you enter must be less than 35 characters Press Enter to save the report in that directory View the Report on Screen Text Screens Only If you are using text screens you can view selected reports directly in the OSAS screen Keep in mind that this option displays the report one page at a time storing previously viewed pages in the workstation s memory Use the Defaults function on the Resource Manager Workstation Configuration menu to limit the number of screen pages you can view to conserve memory resources Follow these steps to view the report on screen 1 Enter S to select S creen 2 When available enter S if you want to view the report in standard
268. rce Manager functions These lists are useful if you are planning to make changes want to add information or keep a record of information that is on your system Resource Manager User s Manual 1 9 Conventions This manual helps you install OSAS on any standard computer running any of several popular operating systems and helps with your accounting software questions Use the manual as a reference for the OSAS interface and application functions Manual Conventions This manual is divided into the following sections e This introduction provides an overview of this application and the OSAS system the basic functionality of the application including graphical and text based application features and function key references e The remainder of the chapters explains the set up workflow and functions of the application where each function fits within the application and how to use each function to get the most out of the application Mouse Conventions The standard mouse has two buttons left and right each performing certain functions In this manual these terms are used for operating the mouse click right click double click and deselect The click is a single press on the left mouse button Place the cursor over the desired function and press the left button to enable or select that function A right click is a single press of the right mouse button To double click move the cursor over the desired function and quickly
269. recast Daily Statistics Accounts Receivable Analysis Accounts Payable Analysis Top 10 Customers Top 10 Items Top 10 Sales Reps Top 10 Vendors Resource Manager User s Manual 71 7 13 7 15 TA 7 19 7 23 7 1 Overview This chapter explains the features and uses of predefined FIS Dashboards to analyze information about various accounts and functions within OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software The predefined Dashboards are designed to quickly list the exact information you need without entering multiple applications An EIS Dashboard is a screen that lists several fields and associated values Normally the EIS Dashboard shows related fields Use the EIS Dashboard function to perform several tasks Refresh values on a screen in case another user on a network recalculates the fields while you are viewing the dashboard e Recalculate the value of a field or of all fields on a screen e Set up initial parameters that determine which values appear on the screen e Change a field s definition e View detailed information about a field the field ID description and mask the last updated time date and user and the status of the field e Configure or edit the screen s layout or definition Load a new EIS Dashboard e Load an EIS Dashboard with data that was saved in history Commands Use the commands to move around the dashboard screen update and recalculate the dashboard s values view detailed informatio
270. red paths to these applications in the Defaults function Launch these applications using one of these methods e On graphical screens use the right click menu to select the appropriate command e On graphical screens select the command from the Commands menu e Press Shift F3 If you are on a Windows workstation and have not entered default paths to these applications OSAS uses the default Windows start command to launch the appropriate application See page 2 35 for more information on this command Resource Manager User s Manual 2 25 Defaults Workstation Configuration OSAS uses TCP IP protocol to send e mail messages When it experiences problems using TCP IP OSAS uses a backup executable on Windows machines or a Perl script on UNIX machines to send e mail If you have problems sending e mail through OSAS on UNIX machines download Perl at www Perl org Defaults Screen Screen One Select Defaults from the Workstation Configuration menu The first Defaults screen appears Defaults E Acl xl Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe OK Abandon Workstation Tooo Copy To E Toggle Defaults Windows Defaults Bell Compressed Active GUI Functions Active v Verify Exit i Online Help nactive Menu Style Graphical y Insert Banner Page Inactive Delay Value 1 Quick Favorites Scale Screens Inactive v Allow Exit i Alt Sorts Clipboard Inactive Copyrights Live Data Verify PgDn Fie
271. ress V to toggle the detail display on or off e Press S to change your search selection e Press C to sort the information in a different way When you are finished viewing the information use the Exit F7 command to exit to the screen or menu from which you accessed the Other Commands menu Resource Manager User s Manual E 13 Other Commands Support Information Use the Support Information function to view information about whom to contact for technical support or how to contact your dealer Select Support Information from the Other Commands menu This screen appears Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xXt gt elmal OK Abandon Dealer Name Phenominal Business Solutions Dealer Contact Joe Smith Dealer Phone Number 808 555 8888 FaxNo 808 555 8172 Dealer Email ismith phenombussol com Dealer Web Site www phenombussol com Dealer Site Number 999999 Note 1 Call Joe before calling Open Systems Support Note 2 Customer Site Number Open Systems Technical Support United States 800 582 5000 Canada J Web Site www osas com Press Any Key Company 05 27 2000 Terminal T000 OVR When you are finished viewing the information press any key to return to the screen or menu you from which accessed the Other Commands menu E 14 Resource Manager User s Manual Other Commands User Comments Use the User Comments function to enter comments or notes for reference Select User Comments from
272. ric Alphanumeric Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 3 Customer Profit 3 Customer Rep 3 Customer Territory 4 Customer Name 4 Customer Profit 4 Customer Rep 4 Customer Territory 5 Customer Name 5 Customer Profit 5 Customer Rep 5 Customer Territory 6 Customer Name 6 Customer Profit 6 Customer Rep 6 Customer Territory 7 Customer Name 7 Customer Profit 7 Customer Rep 7 Customer Territory 8 Customer Name 8 Customer Profit Predefined Functions Predefined Functions Sub 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Description 8 Customer Rep 8 Customer Territory 9 Customer Name 9 Customer Profit 9 Customer Rep 9 Customer Territory 10 Customer Name 10 Customer Profit 10 Customer Rep 10 Customer Territory ARCTOPPY AR Top 10 Customers YTD Profit Totals The ARCTOPPY function returns the customers that provided the most profit for the year to date in descending order the profit the customer representative and the territory associated with the customer Setup types Company ID Sub 1 G 16 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Description 1 Customer Name 1 Customer Profit 1 Customer Rep 1 Customer T
273. rites Menus screen appears 2519 Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help Gk _Abandon Workstation 7000 3 Menu Favorites Menu TODO ts Line Description Type Program Param 01 AR Transactions ARENTINI 3 amp AR Cash Receipts ARCSHINI 2 03 AR Edit Cash Receipts 3 ARECR al o4 GLAccomts 3 BLACG 05 IN Price and Availability INIPACON 06 IN Item Locations INILD y 3 Ei Enter edit Move Copy Swap Unique Title Write Company 08 28 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Select the workstation ID and the name of the favorites menu you want to change then use the commands to edit the entries rearrange their order and move around the screen Press W to save your changes then use the Exit F7 command to close the screen and return to the System File Maintenance menu 6 11 Favorites Menus System File Maintenance Field Definitions Field Name Inquiry Workstation Inquiry Menu Title Line Description Type Program Param 6 12 Description Enter the workstation ID for which the Favorites menu you want to work with is defined Enter the name of the menu you want to change Enter the title of the menu The line number for the menu item appears Use the commands to rearrange line numbers for menu items Enter the description you want to appear on the menu It can be the name of another me
274. rites Other Help Access code lt F4 gt ES Sample dataset lt F5 gt Workstation date lt F6 gt Exit lt F7 gt Command Description Access Code Opens the Access Code dialog box See Access Codes on page 1 13 for more information Sample data set Live Toggles between Sample and Live data data set Workstation date Opens the Workstation Date dialog box See Workstation Dates on page 1 13 for more information Exit Exits OSAS Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Graphical Menu Modes Menu File Modes Tools Favorites Other Help w GUI Functions lt Shift F6 gt Scale GUI Screens lt Shift F7 gt Command Description GUI Functions Toggles between graphical and text function screens Scale GUI Screens Toggles scaling of graphical screens on and off When selected this command enlarges graphical screens When off the command restores the OSAS screens to their original size This command does not take effect until you access a function Tools Menu File Modes Tools Favorites Other Help rs B Calculator j 5 Description Calculator Opens the OSAS calculator Favorites Menu File Modes Tools Favorites Other Help rs B s Change to Favorites lt F2 gt Command Description Change to Favorites Toggles between the Favorites and main menus See Favorites Menu on page 1 51 for more information Resource Manager User s Manual 1 23 OSAS Graphical M
275. rm to a laser printer you must set the default lines per page to 60 This will ensure the lines will not creep up the form Follow these steps 1 Select the printing menu from your printer control panel 2 Press the item button until the FORM LINES choice is displayed The must be 60 There are many discrepancies in the way different laser printers print Some print higher or lower than others as well as left to right Open Systems has two HP4si LaserJets and we have found discrepancies in the way they print This difference left and right is usually slightly less than one character and can only be resolved by programming code to shift one full character at a time Similarly the difference up and down is usually slightly less than one line and can only be resolved by programming code to shift one full line at a time However you may be able to send printer commands through the config bbx file to properly align characters and lines Always print one form at a time until you get the alignment you like Resource Manager User s Manual D 1 Laser Alignment Notes D 2 Making these changes will affect all OS AS forms to that particular alias Make a copy of the config bbx file in progRM before making any changes Left to Right Issues Using sysprint in OSAS for Windows If you are printing to a sysprint device you can place a decimal in the printer s Left Margin field on the alias line to shift print to the left o
276. rsion Installed Install Date Program Directory Last Maintenance Dat Description Base Application Version Installed Install Date Program Directory Last Maintenance Dat Description Base Application Version Installed Install Date Program Directory Last Maintenance Dat Description Base Application Version Installed Install Date Program Directory Last Maintenance Dat Builders Supply Application Information List Accounts Payable 6 50 YES 08 28 2002 C osas650 prog P Nonex Accounts Receivable 6 50 YES 08 28 2002 C osas650 prog R Nonex Bills of Materials Kitting 6 50 YES 08 28 2002 C osas650 progBK Nonex Bank Reconciliation 6 50 YES 08 28 2002 osas650 progBR Nonex Resource Manager User s Manual 11 9 Company Information List The Company Information List shows the names and addresses of companies that are set up on your system Company Information List 08 29 2002 3 07 PM ID Information Nane Address 1 Address 2 City State Country Phone Fax Site Date Format Time Format End of Report 0 0 Builders Supply Company Information List Builders Supply 1157 Valley Park Dr Shakopee MN 55379 US U S A 9524962465 9524962495 MM DD YYYY 12 Hour hh mm AM PM Resource Manager User s Manual Defaults Location ID Bank ID Reg Dollars IN Costs IN Prices IN Quantities Rates Hours
277. ry or press H to view the EIS Dashboard using saved field history from a different date Use the Exit F7 command to return to the Executive Information Summary menu Resource Manager User s Manual 8 5 Dashboard The EIS Dashboard Report contains information about an EIS Dashboard or a group of EIS Dashboards A sample EIS Dashboard Report is on page 8 8 Follow these steps to print or view the EIS Dashboard Report 1 Select EIS Dashboard Report from the EIS Reports menu The EIS Dashboard Report screen appears 2515 Commands Edit Modes Other Help BE OK Abandon Pick Dashboard From EISDFLT El Thu fEISDFLT El Print C Character Dashboards Graphical Dashboards Both Company 08 28 2002 Terminal T000 OVR 2 Select the range of dashboards to print in the report 3 Select the type of dashboards to include text based character dashboards graphical dashboards or both 4 Select the output device to begin printing the report See Output the Report on page 1 60 for information on output devices After the report is produced the EIS Reports menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 8 7 Executive Information Summary Dashboard EIS Dashboard Report P S2 ST 0 82 5T 0 82 5T 0 82 5T 0 82 5T 0 82 5T 0 82 5T 0 82 5T 0 82 5T 0 82 5T 0 82 5T OF 82 ST OP 8ZIST 0 82 5T 0 82 5T 0 82 5T 0 82 5T 0 8
278. ry menu The window that appears lists the vendors by vendor ID and the total amount due Because of the way the window is set up the user can access five other windows one that displays accounts payable invoices one that displays invoice history one that displays paid invoices one that displays accounts payable transactions and one that displays miscellaneous vendor information From within Global Inquiry you can use the Other Commands menu to access the Global Inquiry menu again or to look up and select a previously accessed window you can use the Inquiry F2 command The sequence number and description represent the windows that you have accessed with the Global Inquiry command Resource Manager User s Manual E 11 Other Commands For example when you select Global Inquiry from the Other Commands menu and then select Inventory window A appears When you use a command at the bottom of window A window B appears When you use a command at the bottom of window B window C appears In this example you continue to use window commands until you reach window G windows are not really lettered like this they are lettered in the example to simplify the model If you then want to return to one of the previous six windows that were displayed you could select Global Inquiry again but a simpler route would be to use the Inquiry F2 command where you would find six sequence numbers 001001 001002 001003 001004 001005
279. s The information is stored here and retrieved when you define a field EISTHDR Setup Header file The EISTHDR file stores the setup ID headers and user defined information to be used by a function for calculation When you define a function you use setup IDs to specify the type of information you want returned and the range within those types for example a cash balance for one company or a range of companies The actual data is stored in the EIVAL file EITB Tables file The EITB file stores the settings you entered in the Options and Interfaces function in Resource Manager for EIS See the Resource Manager User s Manual use EI as the application ID This version of EIS uses only two switches in the OPTxxx table and none in the OP2xxx table EIS recognizes only these two tables EIVAL Calculated Values file The EIVAL file stores each value that is displayed on an EIS Dashboard the terminal that last updated the value and the last update date and time When the functions calculate a value the data including the system date and time is sent to this file The EIS Dashboard function retrieves the data and sends it to the screen When you use the Recalc or Global command on an EIS Dashboard or the Global Dashboard Update function the information is stored here B 4 Resource Manager User s Manual File Descriptions OSAPPL DOS and OSAPPL UNX Application The OS APPL files store information about individual applicat
280. s Cols 132 Top Margin 5 Left Margin blank Font blank Setup blank Dialog blank Lines Per Page 63 Standard Cols 80 Compress Cols 132 Top Margin 5 Left Margin blank Font blank Setup blank Dialog Yes Lines Per Page 63 Standard Cols 80 Compress Cols 132 Top Margin 5 Left Margin blank Font blank Setup Yes Dialog blank Lines Per Page 66 Standard Cols 80 Compress Cols 132 Top Margin blank Left Margin blank Font blank Setup blank Dialog blank Lines Per Page 66 Standard Cols 80 Compress Cols 132 Top Margin 5 Left Margin blank Font blank Setup blank Dialog Yes Lines Per Page 66 Standard Cols 80 Compress Cols 132 Top Margin 5 Left Margin blank Font blank Setup blank Dialog blank Devices Workstation Configuration If you are using a wide carriage printer use the Print Setup function in Windows to set up the paper size Select a paper size of 14 7 8 inches x 11 inches use the US SF information in the Windows Print Manager Due to a Windows limitation you must set this printer as the default printer at Windows level to default to the US SF paper size when printing If you do not make your wide carriage printer your default printer you must change the paper size to US SF each time you print to your wide carriage printer Device Default Settings Windows Defaul
281. s Once a field is defined you can use the Change Fields function to change the field throughout your OS AS data files Select Field Definitions from the System File Maintenance menu The Field Definitions screen appears 2515 Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help 2X mal g OK Abandon Field ID NDOR ID Description n Application ID Master File i File Description i dor File Numeric Field E Field Number 1 Field Start 1 Field Length 6 Window ID Prva wi aj SELVAL File Name File Description Fld Len Fld Num Fld Start AP Checks File 8 Checks File 6 2 AP Check History File 6 al AP Purchase History File 6 AP Summary History File 6 AP Open Invoice File 6 AP Open Invoice Add Info Fil 6 y Recurring Header File 6 Recurring Line Items 6 xj Line No 000001 of 000023 Enter edit Append Goto Delete Field ID Eield ID Sort Files 1 Select the field ID to view Company 08 28 2002 Terminal TODO OVR 2 Use the commands to work with the files the field appears in or delete the field definition Refer to the field and command definitions for more information 3 Use the Proceed OK command to save your changes then use the Exit F7 command to return to the System File Maintenance screen Resource Manager User s Manual 6 51 Field Definitions System File Maintenance Field Definitions In
282. s Enter Enter the ID of the application to which you want to assign access rights or press Enter to assign access rights to the main menu Enter the ID of the menu to which you want to assign access rights The description of the menu ID you chose appears Command Bar Definitions Command Enter toggle All None Write Description Press Enter to toggle the Access box on and off indicating whether the code s users have access to a function Press A to permit access to all the functions on the menu Press N to deny access to all the functions on the menu Press W and select Yes or enter Y in text mode to save your changes Resource Manager User s Manual Country Codes Use the Country Codes function on the Company Setup menu to assign a two character code and a telephone number mask to a country To produce a list of the information entered on the Country Codes screen use the Country Codes List function on the Master File Lists menu Select Country Codes from the Company Setup menu The Country Codes screen appears 2515 Commands Edit Modes Other Help AXE g OK Abandon Country Code us al Country Name U S A Phone Mask LJ Company 08 27 2002 Terminal TODO OVR Select the country code then enter or edit the country name and phone mask Use the Proceed OK command to save your changes and return to the main menu Refer to the field definitions
283. s From Type Call Los Angeles Dome Homes TO00 Lisa Carl s Birthday Unread T001 Tom Global Lo bb bE alla Line 0000000001 of 0000000002 Enter view detail Add Edit Refresh view Brev day day Move Send Done coitre Company 05 24 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Field Definitions Field Name Description Subject The reminder s subject line appears Status Lists the status of the reminder message From The author of the reminder appears Type The circulation type of the reminder appears Private indicates that the reminder is specific to a single user Global indicates that the reminder is for all users Resource Manager User s Manual 4 25 Pop Up Calendar Application Setup Command Bar Definitions Command Enter view detail Add Edit Refresh view Prev day Next day Move Send Done Go to Line 4 26 Definition Press Enter to view the selected reminder message When you are finished press any key to return to the View Reminders screen The status of the reminder changes to Read Press A to add a reminder for the day you are viewing see Add Edit Reminder Screen below for more information Select E to edit the selected reminder see Add Edit Reminder Screen for more information Press R to list all reminders for the current day Select P to view the previous d
284. s can be 16 characters long To make calculations with the Calculator use postfix notation First type a number Then press the key of the operator X or you want to use Type a second number and press the key of another operator or press Enter to total the calculation The Calculator functions appear in the Functions section Press S to see the subtotal the quotation mark key to start a comment and T to print the tape In the View Tape function you can use three keys the up arrow key to move up the tape the down arrow key to move down the tape and the Esc key to jump to the bottom of the tape and exit from View mode Resource Manager User s Manual Other Commands Field Keys FiorC Erase Tape F2or E Clear Entry F3 or M Memory F4 or M Memory F5 or MR Memory Recall F6 or MC Memory Clear F7 or Q Exit F8 or P Printer F9 or O Decimal Resource Manager User s Manual Description Use the following function keys or the alphanumeric equivalents to work with figures in the Memory Tape Entry and Status fields Clear the tape Once you clear the tape it cannot be recalled Clear the Entry field to enter a different number Copy the total at the bottom of the tape to the Memory field if the figure in memory is 00 Add the total at the bottom of the tape to the figure in the Memory field Subtract the total at the bottom of the Tape field from t
285. s information from those print jobs Archive Report Control Screen Archive Report Control AEE Commands Edit Modes Other ScrollCommands Help Axt memlmu OK Abandon Tag Description Time Cls User Tem Purchase Analysis Report 06 00 04 17 T001 P P P F T ute Sort By Date Sequence Enter tag Edit Toggle menu file text search View file Sort Print print Batch Archive Gota Company 06 21 2000 Terminal T001 OVR Resource Manager User s Manual 9 11 Archive Report Control Print Manager 9 12 Command Bar Definitions Command Enter tag Edit Toggle menu file Text search View file Sort Print print Batch Goto Description Press Enter to toggle a selected file as tagged selected or untagged cleared You can print a group of tagged files at one time using the Print Batch command Press E to edit the report description and class for the selected file Press T to toggle the description field to display either the file description or the file path and name Press X to search for text in a report see Search for Text Screen below for instructions Press V to display the path and file name for the selected file Press S to select the order in which you want the reports list on the screen You can sort the reports by report descr
286. s on startup of OSAS Use Print Manager Track user login activity Do you want the system to assign automatic file names Do you want the system to assign automatic archive names Do you want to use report classes with Print Manager Do you want to keep Print Manager report history Display Print Manager control lists for Keep field level access codes for EIS Keep value files history for EIS Option 001 of 011 Enter Toggle Goto Write Company 08 27 2002 Terminal TODO OVR The options for the selected application are displayed along with their current values Select a command to edit values go to a specific line or save your changes e Press Enter to toggle between values for the selected line e Press Gto go to a specific option When prompted enter the option s line number or use the Inquiry command to select the option to which you want to move This command is available only if there is more than one page of options for the application e Press W to save your changes and return to the Options and Interfaces screen Resource Manager User s Manual 3 17 Access Codes Use the Access Codes function on the Company Setup menu to protect your data files from unauthorized access Select Access Codes from the Company Setup menu The Access Codes screen appears Access Codes E 1501 xl Commands Edit Modes Oth
287. s or your keyboard to enter the date and click OK or press Enter to change the workstation date Click System Date to change the workstation date to match the operating system date click Abandon to restore the original date or click Exit or press F7 to close the box without changing the date Resource Manager User s Manual 1 13 OSAS Text Menu The text main menu can be used on all operating systems Using text based menus the text menu shown below offers easy access to your applications ioi xi Settings Edit Print Help 08 21 2002 Company H Builders Supply 3 21 PM Main Menu GENERAL Report Writer TODO STEMS Accounting Software PEA When you select an application the application s menu which presents several related functions is superimposed over the main menu Selecting a function leads you to a function screen or to another menu You can select applications from the main menu in these ways e Use the arrow keys to move the cursor up or down highlighting the application you want to use Then press PgDn or Enter to select it e Press the first letter of the application you want to use The cursor jumps to the first application beginning with the letter Continue to press the letter key or the down arrow until the application you want is highlighted When your choice is highlighted press PgDn or Enter to select it Resource Manager User s Manual 1 15 OSAS Text Menu I
288. s that control how OSAS works e Use the File Types function to enter file associations for the files you attach to master file records These associations help OSAS launch the appropriate software program and open attached files Keep in mind that the selections and entries you make apply only to the workstation on which you are working Use the Copy From and Copy To command when they appear to copy settings from one workstation to another Resource Manager User s Manual 2 3 Colors Use the Colors function on the Workstation Configuration menu to customize the colors at your workstation for each type of text screen and text window in OSAS The type of monitor you use determines the color combinations that are available This function is not available if you are using the graphical mode for function screens The colors you choose affect only the character based OSAS screens The colors used in graphical mode are based on the default Windows color scheme you use You need to modify your Windows color scheme if you want to change the properties of OSAS graphical screens Follow these steps to change the colors on text screens 1 Select Colors from the Workstation Configuration menu The Colors screen appears 815 Settings Edit Print Help Colors r Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 L Group 4 Workstation TOOO Copy From Functions Color Group Text Border Title noH r Group 5 Gro
289. scending order the amount from the sales the customer representative and the territory associated with the customer G 20 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Description 6 Customer Rep 6 Customer Territory 7 Customer Name 7 Customer Profit 7 Customer Rep 7 Customer Territory 8 Customer Name 8 Customer Profit 8 Customer Rep 8 Customer Territory 9 Customer Name 9 Customer Profit 9 Customer Rep 9 Customer Territory 10 Customer Name 10 Customer Profit 10 Customer Rep 10 Customer Territory Resource Manager User s Manual Setup types Company ID Sub Type 1 Alphanumeric 2 Numeric 3 Alphanumeric 4 Alphanumeric 5 Alphanumeric 6 Numeric 7 Alphanumeric 8 Alphanumeric 9 Alphanumeric 10 Numeric 11 Alphanumeric 12 Alphanumeric 13 Alphanumeric 14 Numeric 15 Alphanumeric 16 Alphanumeric 17 Alphanumeric 18 Numeric 19 Alphanumeric 20 Alphanumeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description 1 Customer Name 1 Customer Profit 1 Customer Rep 1 Customer Territory 2 Customer Name 2 Customer Profit 2 Customer Rep 2 Customer Territory 3 Customer Name 3 Customer Profit 3 Customer Rep 3 Customer Territory 4 Customer
290. screen in the EIS Dashboard Editor function Do you want a printout of the error log after each application If you want to produce a copy of the error that occurred during conversion after each application has been converted select the box or enter Y in text mode if not clear the box or enter N in text mode Each column s position must be greater than any previous You must enter a position for the window column that is a higher value than that for a column you entered previously Empty Screen Press lt Enter gt to load a Different Screen The screen does not have any fields to be displayed Use the Dashboard Editor function to add one or more fields to the screen or load an EIS Dashboard Error Found in Formula You have made a syntax error in the field s math formula probably because you violated a math rule Error in window definition You defined a window incorrectly Make sure that the fields are the correct type numeric or string the field lengths are correct the starting and column positions are within the limits and so on Then enter the window definition again with the correct values Resource Manager User s Manual A 5 System Messages References Error log messages exist Press a key to get output device selections After you press a key you can select the output device you want to use to produce a copy of the error log Existing record length exceeds new record length When you change the file
291. scription Suggestion This number identifies the suggestion Identification numbers start at 0001 If you want to create a new suggestion press Enter the editor creates a new suggestion number one unit higher than your last number if any If you want to recall a suggestion for editing enter the number of the suggestion Application Enter the application for which you want to make a suggestion E 8 Resource Manager User s Manual Other Commands Field Description Version Enter the version number of the application 6 05 6 1 etc Menu Item Enter the name of the menu item for which you want to make a suggestion Status The cursor moves to this field when you enter the number of a suggestion you want to recall If the suggestion has not been printed N appears If the suggestion has been printed Y appears You can change the print status of the current suggestion Last Modified The last creation and or last edit date of the current suggestion is displayed Description Enter the description of the suggestion When you have finished creating or editing a suggestion use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and exit to the Main menu Applications Options Inquiry Use the Applications Options Inquiry utility to view the options for any application Select Applications Options Inquiry from the Other Commands menu After you enter the application ID the options and interfaces selected for the application
292. selecting Change to Favorites from the graphical Favorites pull down menu With the Favorites menu you save time by eliminating the need to switch between applications For example if you perform tasks in several applications such as using the Transactions and Cash Receipts function in Accounts Receivable GL Account function in General Ledger and Price and Availability and Item Inquiry functions in Inventory you can set up a Favorites menu rather than moving between each application The Favorites menu for the graphical main menu is illustrated below AR Edit Cash Receipts GL Accounts IN Price and Availability IN Item Locations To set up the Favorites menu do the following 1 Select the function you want to add to the menu and press F10 or use the right click menu in graphical mode 2 Press F2 to confirm that your selection was added To remove a function from the menu follow these steps 1 Select the function on the Favorites menu that you want to remove 2 Press F10 or use the right click menu in graphical mode Resource Manager User s Manual 1 51 Information Menu The Information menu appears on some function screens in certain applications and gives you access to additional information about a customer vendor item job bill of material or employee The commands available on the Information menu are determined by the applications you have installed and can include e General Inform
293. shows Inquiry window commands and the Window ID The Esc key is available in text mode only In graphical mode select Command Help from the Help menu to view a list of commands available 1 47 Menu and Function Commands Introduction Inventory Lookup 1 48 If you use the Inventory application and the cursor is in an Item ID field on a function screen you can use any of the Inventory Lookup commands to search for information about items and select an item for entry in the field In graphical mode these commands are available on the Inquiry Lookup menu In text mode the IN Search flag appears at the bottom of the screen to alert you that these commands are available Command Alias Lookup Customer Vendor Lookup Detail Lookup Lot Lookup Serial Lookup Description Lookup Hot Key Shift F3 Shift F4 Shift F5 Shift F6 Shift F7 Shift F8 Operation Searches for items with a specified alias listed as an alternate item When you enter the alias you can use the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search Searches for an item based on customer or vendor ID When you enter the ID you can use the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search Searches for detailed information about an item Enter information in any of the fields that appear using these wildcards to restrict or widen the search 2 lt gt Searches for an item based on lot number When
294. siness BASIC Resource Manager User s Manual A 7 System Messages References Function function D In Field fieldID Is Not Defined The formula uses a function that has not been defined Change the field definition to use a different function Function ffunctionID Not Fully Defined The function you are trying to use does not use a setup type a setup type must be used Function Number Missing From Field fieldID You did not specify a function in the formula for the field definition For example you might have written F 3 instead of F1 3 File name information not found The media you are trying to install does not contain the files required for installation If you are installing from a diskette drive make sure that you inserted the correct diskette file name is missing from queue Cannot archive The print job you are trying to archive does not exist It may have been deleted from the directory Check the file name and try again file name is missing from queue Cannot search The print job you are searching for does not exist It may have been deleted from the directory Check the file name and try again File type not supported You cannot use the Change File Size function to change the size of an indexed or string file A 8 Resource Manager User s Manual References System Messages fs load error number bbx unable to open channel number ERROR A BBx error has occurred You cannot start
295. stalled you can view information about vendors customers and employees Resource Manager User s Manual Other Commands Select General Information Inquiry from the Other Commands menu The function screen appears Vendor General Information Inquiry Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help 2X rel Bman e Gk Search For Vendor ID Vendor Name Phone Number Contact ACE PLUMBING SUPPLY COMPA 309 555 5321 BILL HUMPHREY z ATLANTIS TELEPHONE CO 800 458 8585 GEORGE zl BORIS CONSTRUCTION COMPAN 612 458 2423 JULIE C aj CLEVELAND INTERIORS INC 800 846 0333 CARL WILSON EDDY APPLIANCE CO 21 RALPH JOHNSON ELLIS ELECTRICAL SUPPLY 100 532 3789 CHARLENE 5 HENNEPIN MUNICIPAL UTILIT 612 483 9393 HARVEY y JOHNSON DOOR COMPANY INC 454 878 9989 BILL SMITH 3 JONES REALTY COMPANY 888 854 5456 RANDY MARKS EDDY APPLIANCE Fax No 219 459 5464 27861 W 93RD AVENUE Last Purchase 12 07 2000 HIGHWAY 46 Our Account Priority 0 10997 No SOUTH BEND IN 20299 5545 Terms AP0004 Email ralphideddyappliance com Goto View summary Search selection Change sort Company 09 06 2002 Terminal TODO OVR Select the information to view in the Search For field Press V to view vendor information C to view customer information or E to view employee information Use the commands to move around the screen e Press Gto go to a specific line e P
296. such as the table ID number of columns table type and table data xxWIND Window Definition The xxWIND file stores information needed to display an inquiry window The information from this file is then used by GENWIND PUB to create an inquiry window CNVTLOG Conversion Log The CNVTLOG file stores the errors that occurred during conversion B 2 Resource Manager User s Manual File Descriptions EIFDDTA Field Definition Data file The EIFDDTA file stores the field IDs and descriptions It also stores the functions and setup records needed to generate each field Each field ID corresponds to a field value in the EIVAL file EIFDHDR Field Definition Header file The EIFDHDR file stores each field s ID mask description and math formula It also stores the value date and time terminal and error type of the field s last calculation This information is displayed when you use the View command on the EIS Dashboard You can use the Field Definitions function to change the ID mask description and math formula EIFUDTA Function Data file The EIFUDTA file stores each value returned by a function A function can return several values Use the Recalc or Global command on the EIS Dashboard or the Global Dashboard Update function to make a field return a value EIFUHDR Function Header file The EIFUHDR file stores such information as the ID and description of each function Use the Functions function on the File M
297. t Lines Per Page 66 Standard Cols 136 Compress Printer Wide Cols 240 Top Margin blank Left Margin Carriage LPW blank Font blank Setup blank Dialog blank Print Dialog Wide Lines Per Page 66 Standard Cols 136 Compress Carriage Dot Matrix Cols 240 Top Margin blank Left Margin PDW blank Font blank Setup blank Dialog Yes Print Setup Wide Lines Per Page 66 Standard Cols 136 Compress Carriage Dot Matrix Cols 240 Top Margin blank Left Margin PSW blank Font blank Setup Yes Dialog blank 2 18 Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration Devices Devices Terminals Screen The Devices Terminals screen appears when you add a terminal or edit a terminal line in the devices file Devices Plotters 3 lol xl Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help amp Gk _Abandon BBx Device Name System Device Name Device Type Device Mode Value Lo p or Slave On Slave Off Initialization Termination use Enter edit Header Done Company 04 03 2003 Terminal TODO OVR Select command to edit line return to the header section or return to the devices screen e Press Enter to edit the selected line e Click Header or press to enter a new system device name e Click Done or press D
298. t Modes Other Help 2xe BG g OK Abandon XD ssai rm MmC G Enter a manual line to be added to the configuration file to control another device For example to set up one of the graphical devices X0 required to use the Windows graphical mode enter the following X0 sysgui To save your entry and return to the Devices screen click OK or press Enter 2 24 Resource Manager User s Manual Defaults Use the Defaults function to activate or deactivate toggled commands select options for the OSAS graphical mode select default values for common fields and for system functionality and specify directories for print files sort files and your PDF viewer web browser and e mail software The Defaults screen is a two part screen The first screen contains default values for toggle commands the OSAS graphical mode fields and the bitmapped image used on the Start style main menu The second stores directory paths for print and sort files and your PDF viewer web browser and e mail software and the e mail address to insert in the From field when you send e mails with OSAS Some of the defaults you set using this function override any equivalent defaults specified using the Company Setup functions Launching Your Web Browser or E mail Software When you enter an internet or e mail address field anywhere in an OSAS application you can automatically launch your web browser or e mail software if you ente
299. t command 1 64 Right Arrow function key 1 49 right click defined 1 11 RMCDxxx file B 9 RMDEVDEF file B 9 RMDRVDEF file B 9 RMGIDEF file B 10 RMPRNDEF file B 10 RMTDxxx file B 10 RMTHxxx file B 10 RMTXxxx file B 10 S Sales Tax Report function 4 15 sample 4 17 screen 4 15 sample data changing to 1 22 1 27 Screen Definitions List function 8 37 sample 8 38 scroll region commands 1 49 Down Arrow 1 40 1 49 End 1 40 1 49 Enter 1 49 F3 1 40 1 49 Home 1 40 1 49 Ins 1 40 1 49 PgDn 1 40 1 49 PgUp 1 40 1 49 Tab 1 40 Up Arrow 1 40 1 49 Serial Inventory Lookup function key 1 48 pull down menu command 1 41 Set up application 1 27 setting default values 2 25 Setup function 8 23 Setup Definitions List function 8 43 sample 8 8 8 11 8 14 8 44 Shift F2 menu 1 53 Comments command 1 54 Documents command 1 57 History command 1 56 Information command 1 53 Shift F1 function key 1 39 Shift F10 function key 1 37 1 50 Shift F3 function key 1 48 Shift F4 function key 1 48 Shift F5 function key 1 48 Shift F6 function key 1 41 1 48 Shift F7 function key 1 41 1 48 Shift F8 function key 1 41 1 48 Shift F9 function key 1 37 1 50 Start Over function key 1 36 pull down menu command 1 36 tool button 1 42 Start style menu exiting from 1 21 features of 1 19 right click menu 1 26 1 43 sample screen 1 21 SUGGEST file B 10 Support Information function 6 47 screen
300. t function on the Master File Lists menu Screen Use Screen Description Options and Use the Options and Interfaces screen to select the Interfaces application for which you want to set up options and interfaces Options Use the Options screen to view and edit the settings for the application you selected Resource Manager User s Manual 3 15 Options and Interfaces Company Setup Options and Interfaces Screen 21519 Commands Edit Modes Other Help xt lmamui2 e OK Abandon Company ID H Builders Supply Option Table Type Own v Application ID 3 Company H 08 27 2002 Terminal T000 Field Definitions Field Name Description Company ID The company you selected on the menu appears Option Table Type Enter Own to keep each company s options separate or enter Share if you want companies to use the same options and interfaces Application ID Enter the application ID for which you want to set options Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and continue to the Options screen When you finish entering application options and interfaces use the Exit F7 command to return to the Company Setup menu 3 16 Resource Manager User s Manual Company Setup Options and Interfaces Options Screen MEE Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help xts m amp lmu e Dr Description Value Interface to General Ledger Automatically check reminder
301. t hexadecimal code to perform a carriage return If the printer does not have this capability enter NO Compress Print Enter the hexadecimal code for compressed print about 17 6 characters per inch Compress Cols Enter the number of columns that can be printed on one line in compressed printer mode Dialog If you use Windows select the box or enter YES in text mode if you want to open a dialog box that lets you select a printer Clear the box or enter NO in text mode if you want to print to the Windows default printer Expanded On Enter the hexadecimal code that turns on expanded print mode Expanded Off Enter the hexadecimal code that turns off expanded print mode Expanded Cols Enter the number of columns that can be printed in expanded print mode Expanded Lines Enter the number of lines of expanded print that fit on a page 2 14 Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration Devices Command Form Feed Font Left Margin Line Feed Lines Per Page Lock File Initialization Setup Resource Manager User s Manual Description Enter the hexadecimal code that makes the printer skip to the top of the next page Enter the font in which you want your reports printed For sysprint devices enter the name of the TrueType font you want to use for example Courier You can leave this field blank to use the default font Enter the amount of offset you want for the left margin
302. t page number to print all pages where the string occurs or C to continue searching for more occurrences of the text string you entered When all occurrences of the text you entered have been found press Enter to return to the Active Report Control screen Resource Manager User s Manual 9 9 Active Report Control Print Manager Print Parameters Screen Print Parameters Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2X te BG BA or Abandon Copies Page From 1 Page Thru 0 User Class fi aj Field Definitions Field Name Description Copies Enter the number of copies to print Page From Enter the first page number you want to print Page Thru Enter the last page number you want to print User Accept the current user ID or enter a different ID Class Accept the current report class or enter a different class Saving and Exiting If you print using a report class that is different from the last report class used by the printer you selected a message appears to warn you Select the output device to print the report s After the report prints you can retain the report remove it from the Active Report Control or archive it Enter R to retain it D to delete the report or A to send the report to the Archive Control 9 10 Resource Manager User s Manual Archive Report Control Use the Archive Report Control function to view print jobs that have been archived and to acces
303. t to use as a Resource Manager User s Manual default when entering inventory transactions for this company 3 5 Company Information Company Setup Field Name Inquiry Bank ID Inquiry OSAS Web Batch ID OSAS Web Order Prefix Weight Unit Reg Dollars IN Costs IN Prices IN Qtys 3 6 Description Enter the ID of the bank you want to use as a default when you enter cash transactions for this company Enter the Sales Order batch ID the OSAS Web application uses when posting sales orders received from customers on the Internet Enter a one character to two character prefix to add to order numbers for sales orders entered through the Internet The remaining seven or six digits in the order number are incremented for each new sales order entered through the Internet The weight unit applies to all item weights you enter in the Inventory and Sales Order applications and is printed on some screens reports and forms Enter the standard weight system your company will use For example enter LBS or Ibs if you use pounds or KG or kg if you use kilograms Enter the number of decimals you want assigned to regular dollar amounts The location of the company might determine the number of decimals you enter For example if you set up a U S company you should enter 2 to enter the whole and fractional numbers of U S dollars if you set up a Japanese company you should enter 0 to enter whole numbers of ye
304. te field and enter a new end date by which to sort comments Press I to return to the ID field and enter a new ID for which to view or enter comments e Press A to add a new comment The Append Comment screen appears e Press E to edit a selected comment The Edit Comment screen appears e Press F to view comments for the first ID on record e Press N to view comments for the next ID on record e Press P to view or edit comments for the previous ID on record e Press Lto view or edit comments for the last ID on record Press G to go to a specific comment This command is available only when there is more than one screen of comments Resource Manager User s Manual 1 55 Information Menu Introduction History 1 56 Adding or Editing Comments The Append Comment screen appears when you add a new comment The Edit Comments screen appears when you edit an existing comment Other than the title these screens are identical 5 Edit Comment A Ei el x Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe mtu 28 DK Abandon Date 06 15 2002 Reference 003 Comment SPOKE WITH JON RE EMAIL CONF AND ORDER TRACKING 1 Ifyou are working with a new comment the system date appears otherwise the date entered for the comment you are editing appears Accept this date or enter a different date 2 The current terminal ID appears in the Reference field Edit this reference 1f necessary 3 Enter or edit the comment then pr
305. ter the starting position within the specified field number where the test field begins If this is not a numeric test field enter the total number of characters that the test field uses Enter the comparison operator that is performed to test the record You can enter these operators to test the field for equality with the test value lt to test the field as being less than the test value totest the field as being greater than the test value to test the field as being unequal to the test value Enter the comparison value for the record test 6 55 E Mail Setup Use the E Mail Setup function to enter details about the server login ID and password and address you use to send and receive e mail You must use this function to enter information about your e mail system before you can e mail reports to other people when available OSAS uses TCP IP protocol to send e mail messages When it experiences problems using TCP IP OSAS uses a backup executable on Windows machines or a Perl script on UNIX machines to send e mail If you have problems sending e mail through OSAS on UNIX machines download Perl at www Perl org Follow these steps to set up OSAS for e mail 1 Select E Mail Setup from the System File Maintenance menu The E Mail Setup screen appears E Mail Setup i E xl Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe abe OK Abandon SMTP Server exchange server Login ID dsmith P
306. terfaces List Field List References System Messages File Descriptions Common Questions Laser Alignment Notes Other Commands Common Ratios Predefined Functions Building Functions Compatibility Matrix 10 3 10 5 10 7 10 9 10 11 10 13 10 15 11 3 11 5 11 7 11 9 11 11 11 13 11 15 11 17 11 19 11 21 11 23 11 25 11 27 11 29 A 1 B 1 C 1 D 1 F 1 F 1 G 1 H 1 I 1 Resource Manager User s Manual Contents Index xl Resource Manager User s Manual vii Introduction Welcome to OSAS Resource Manager Overview Conventions OSAS Text Menu OSAS Graphical Menu OSAS Text Functions OSAS Graphical Functions Menu and Function Commands Favorites Menu Information Menu Reports Resource Manager User s Manual Welcome to OSAS The OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software OSAS product line consists of several accounting applications Each application addresses a different phase of your financial operations together they form a powerful accounting solution to your daily and periodic accounting needs Customer Support Open Systems Inc has a strong commitment to customer service and product quality If you have difficulty using Open Systems Inc products consult your user s manual and other OSAS reference materials If you need more information consult a customer support representative OSAS Overview Resource Manager The Resource Manager application is the foundation or shell of OSAS
307. text file attachment to the e mail message If you clear this box or enter N in text mode the report is sent in the body of the e mail 7 Click OK or press Enter to e mail the report Resource Manager User s Manual 1 63 Reports Introduction Report Commands 1 64 Use the following commands when a report appears on the screen Key PgUp PgDn Home End F7 Exit Left Right Tab Toggle Up Down Operation Moves to the previous page of the report Moves to the next page of the report Moves directly to the top of a group of pages Moves directly to the bottom of a group of pages Exits to the menu from any point in the report Moves left one character Moves right one character Toggles between the left and right halves of a report Moves a line up and down the screen to line up information when you toggle between halves of a report Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration Overview 2 3 Colors 2 5 Keyboard 2 7 Devices 2 9 Defaults 2 25 File Types 2 35 Resource Manager User s Manual 2 1 Overview Use the functions on the Workstation Configuration menu to perform the following tasks Use the Colors function to select the colors used on text screens e Use the Keyboard function to change the keys assigned to specific commands e Use the Devices function to set up the devices you use on your system e Use the Defaults function to specify the default value
308. thdrew adjustments made to the accounts and the amount you transferred from one account to another Setup types Company ID Bank Accts Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Deposit Total 2 Numeric Disbursement Total 3 Numeric Adjustment Total 4 Numeric Transfer Total BRJMTD BR Journal File MTD Totals The BRJMTD function returns for the month to date the amount of money you deposited in the bank accounts the amount you withdrew adjustments made to the accounts and the amount you transferred from one account to another Setup types Company ID Bank Accts Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Deposit Total 2 Numeric Disbursement Total 3 Numeric Adjustment Total 4 Numeric Transfer Total G 32 Resource Manager User s Manual Predefined Functions GLJDAY GL Journal File Daily Totals The GLJDAY function returns the amount of money from unposted journal entries for today Setup types Company ID GL Account Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Unposted Journal Entries GLJPTD GL Journal File PTD Totals The GLJPTD function returns the amount of money from unposted journal entries for the period to date Setup types Company ID GL Account Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Unposted Journal Entries GLJYTD GL Journal File YTD Totals The GLJPTD function returns the amount of money from unposted journal entries for the year to date Setup types Company ID GL Account Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Unposted Journ
309. the Other Commands menu This screen appears User Comments Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help 2xt a mal T User ID LisaM Ref ID 21 End Date Ref Comment 002 211 Open Systems VAR Conference Aug 5 9 Lo Ud lad new Id Ref id end Date Append Enter edit print Online First Last Next Prev sharEd Company 08 06 2002 Terminal T000 OVR Field Definitions Field Name User ID Shared Private Ref ID Resource Manager User s Manual Description The user ID apppears from previous entries You can enter any value for your user ID This field appears only if you have set up access codes for this function If the comment is shared SHARED appears If the comment is private PRIVATE appears along with the access name Enter a reference ID for the comment You can use reference IDs to group comments E 15 Other Commands Field Name Description End Date The workstation date appears Date Accept the current date or enter a different date Comment Enter the comment E 16 Resource Manager User s Manual Other Commands Command Bar Definitions Command New ID Ref ID End Date Append Enter edit Print Online Shared Private First Last Next Prev Definition Press I to enter a different user ID Press R to enter a different reference ID Press D to cha
310. the accounting software with a terminal ID that is not set up in your config bbx file Make sure that the config bbx file is on your system and start OSAS with a different terminal ID If the problem persists get help from a support technician Global string maskname is not defined The user mask you entered is not set up in memory Check the name and enter a different user mask History Not Selected in Options Table The history option is not valid if the Keep Values File History option is set to No in the Options and Interfaces function in Resource Manager see page 3 15 Incompatible enhancement The enhancement you are trying to install is incompatible with a previous enhancement Contact the reseller who sold you the enhancement Insufficient memory available Your computer does not have enough memory available to use the function Close some of the other programs you are running and try the function again If you still get the message see your dealer about purchasing more RAM for your computer Invalid characters in company ID The character you entered is not a valid file name in the operating system Invalid backup restore command found in the OSxxx txt file You have a bad command in the backup or restore file displayed Resource Manager User s Manual A 9 System Messages References Invalid date format The date you entered does not conform to the date format that is used on your system Enter the date
311. the application ID for which you want to view or edit information Enter the description of the application This description appears on the OSAS main menu For a base application leave this field blank For an enhanced application enter the application s identifier For an add on to an application enter the ID of the base application for example enter AR as the base application for Sales Order If the application is installed enter YES if not enter NO Enter the version number of the application The version number protects against the installation of an earlier version of the software Enter the date the application was installed on the system Enter the directory that contains the programs for the application Enter the name of the file used to verify that the application is installed for a company If the file name changes depending on the company involved add a lowercase x in place of the company ID for example to use the company specific Vendor file in Accounts Payable enter APVEx Lists the date of the last maintenance operation performed for the application Resource Manager User s Manual Directories Use the Directories function to add data directories to those that were established when Resource Manager was installed and to change the directories used by OSAS for installation media programs data files system files data dictionary files sample data files utilities and graphical screens
312. the reports by report description date and time from most recent to oldest ID of the user who produced the file report class terminal ID where the file was produced Press P to print the selected file see page 9 10 Press B to print the files you selected using the Tag command see page 9 10 Press A to move the selected file from the Active Report Control to the Archive Report Control Press G to go to a specific report in the Active Report Control This command is available only if there is more than one screen of reports To exit to the Report Control menu use the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual Print Manager Active Report Control Search for Text Screen Search for Text gt Commands Edit Modes Other Help AXE BG BD 79 Search for available Field Definitions Field Name Description Search For Enter the string for which you want the system to search then use the Proceed OK command You must enter the text you are searching for exactly as it appears in the print job uppercase and lowercase letters must match exactly For example if you are searching for the employee ID BOUO01 you can enter all six characters BOU001 just the first few characters BOU or just the last few characters U001 but not lowercase letters bou001 Pick If the system locates the string you entered the page number on which the string appears is listed Press P to print tha
313. the values for all dashboards select the box or enter Y in text mode if not clear the box or enter N in text mode If you want to transfer the values to history select the box or enter Y in text mode if not clear the box or enter N in text mode Resource Manager User s Manual 8 15 Global Dashboard Update Executive Information Summary 8 16 The current system date and time appear in the Start Date and Time fields Change these values if necessary If you enter a later date or time the system waits until that date and time to begin the calculation after you use the Proceed OK command to start the process Use the Proceed OK command to start the update process When the process completes the EIS Periodic Maintenance menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual Purge Dashboard History Use the Purge Dashboard History function on the EIS Periodic Maintenance menu to remove EIS Dashboard records from the Field History file This function is valuable if you want to eliminate historical data you no longer need Select Purge Dashboard History from the EIS Periodic Maintenance menu The Purge Dashboard History screen appears 2515 Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe be mtu 28 DK Abandon IV Purge History Through 12 31 2001 4 aj Company H 08 29 2002 Terminal T000 OVR If you have backed up your data files select the box or enter Y in text mode if not clear the box or enter N i
314. thod screen appears e Press V to view information for this user The View Detail screen appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 49 User Login Activity System File Maintenance Select Sort Method Screen MEE Commands Edit Modes Other Help X PE m amp OK Abandon Select Sort Method Terminal ID C UserlD Application ID C Menu Selection The Select Sort Method screen appears when you click Sort or press S on the User Login Activity screen Select the order in which you want user activity information to appear and use the Proceed OK command to return to the User Login Activity screen View Detail Screen 2515 Commands Edit Modes Other Help man OK Abandon UserID JohnS Terminal TOOO Current Menu Selection User Login Live Application RM Time 11 47 Company ID H Date 08 28 2002 Previous Menu Selection Options and Live Application RM Time 11 39 Company ID H Date 08 28 2002 Press any key The View Detail screen appears when you click View or press V on the User Login Activity screen The view only screen provides detailed information about current users and the applications they are using Press any key to close the screen and return to the User Login Activity screen 6 50 Resource Manager User s Manual Field Definitions Use the Field Definitions function to add new codes or modify existing codes used throughout OSAS application
315. tion The tables in Resource Manager are updated and maintained by other menu functions You need not maintain any of the Resource Manager tables using this function To produce a list of the information entered on the Tables screen use the Tables List function on the Master File Lists menu Select Application Tables from the Data File Maintenance menu The Application Tables screen appears Ex Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2x BG OK Abandon Table ID Description AR Periods Table Number of Cols 3 Column Length 12 Type N Company H 08 27 2002 Terminal TODO INS Select the table to view then make changes as necessary When you re finished use the Proceed OK command to save your entries then enter another table ID to work with use the Abandon F5 command to change the table file name or use the Exit F7 command to return to the main menu Refer to the field definitions for more information Resource Manager User s Manual 5 7 Application Tables Data File Maintenance Field Definitions Field Name Enter File Name Table ID Description Number of Cols Column Length Type Column Headings Data 5 8 Description Enter the name of the application tables file you want to view or edit Application tables files are named XXTB where xx represents the two character application ID For example the Accounts Receivable tables file is named ARTB the Payroll tables f
316. tion totals for the period to date Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Invoices Subtotal 2 Numeric Invoices Tax 3 Numeric Invoices Freight Resource Manager User s Manual Predefined Functions Sub Type 4 Numeric 5 Numeric 6 Numeric 7 Numeric 8 Numeric 9 Numeric 10 Numeric Description Invoices Miscellaneous Debit Memos Subtotal Debit Memos Tax Debit Memos Freight Debit Memos Miscellaneous Invoices Totals Debit Memos Totals APHIYTD AP Detail History File YTD Totals The APHIYTD function returns the transaction totals for the year to date Setup types Company ID Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric 5 Numeric 6 Numeric 7 Numeric 8 Numeric 9 Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual Description Invoices Subtotal Invoices Tax Invoices Freight Invoices Miscellaneous Debit Memos Subtotal Debit Memos Tax Debit Memos Freight Debit Memos Miscellaneous Invoices Totals G 5 Predefined Functions G 6 Sub Type Description 10 Numeric Debit Memos Totals APMREG AP Material Requisitions File Totals The APMREQ function returns the current unposted material requisition transaction totals Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Material Requisitions Total 2 Numeric Returned Material Requisitions Total APOPEN AP Open Invoice File Totals The APOPEN function returns the invoice totals from the Open Invoice file and separates th
317. tion you need for the function is installed Otherwise the function returns an error in the EIVAL file Lines 899 989 This area holds the EIS IOLists Do not change the code unless you really want to modify how EIS works Lines 990 999 This area is used to place the IOLists the function needs from applications other than EIS Lines 1000 1399 This area is used to read through the company ranges in the setup record and place list of valid companies in the variable COS This variable calls lines 5000 5199 to cycle through each company open its files and run a particular routine When the routine is done the company IDs are cycled through until all the company IDs have been used The function lines 4000 4199 then writes its results to the EIVAL file and exits Do not modify this area Lines 2000 3999 This area holds the code that uses a From Thru range from the setup file and calculates data from records in that range For example if the function is designed to total a range of GL accounts this section of code would read the GLMAxxx or GLJRxxx file for each From Thru range given It would then keep a running total in the array TOTS VALUES Resource Manager User s Manual H 3 Building Functions H 4 Each element in the array can contain different types of totals BUDGETED ACTUAL and so forth When the From Thru range has been completed this section ends and returns to the area of code that gets another From
318. to toggle between sample and live data Change Company Field H Builders Supply m On the start style or graphical main menu select the company to change to from the list box Resource Manager User s Manual 1 27 OSAS Text Functions Like the text menu OSAS text function screens can be used on all operating systems On Windows workstations text function screens can also be used with graphical menus or vice versa the text menu can be used with graphical function screens Function screens provide you an interface to the data in your data files allowing you to view update and change information as needed Function screens also allow you to print reports or perform tasks on your data such as calculations purges or the resetting of accumulated totals oxi Settings Edit Print Help MINNEAPOLIS WAREH You can move around the screen in these ways e Press the down arrow or Enter to move from field to field e Select the appropriate command on the command bar Resource Manager User s Manual 1 29 OSAS Text Functions Introduction Use commands to access information screens or to toggle commands on and off See Commands and Flags on page 1 30 for more information e Ifa screen contains more than one section press PgDn when prompted to move to the next section e menu appears prompting you for the kind of information to enter or maintain such as on Transaction or File Maintenance screens
319. u press A to add a function to the Functions screen The Edit Functions screen appears when you edit an existing function Other than the title these screens are identical The type of data alphanumeric or numeric that the function returns appears Enter A if the data returned in this value is alphanumeric or N if the data is numeric Enter or edit the description of the data returned by the function then use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and return to the Functions screen Setup Types Screen Append Setup Types 1514 Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe mia 79 OK Abandon Description Length Type Company ID Location ID Item ID 242433234 33333559 1 The Setup Types screen when you press S on Functions screen to establish and update setup types used in the function Resource Manager User s Manual 8 29 Functions Executive Information Summary Enter up to ten types of setup information that can apply to this function For each type setup information enter a description of the field values the length of the values and the type of value that can be entered You can enter any of these values in the Type field to restrict the information entered e 0 alphanumeric information e 1 numeric information e 3 uppercase alphanumeric information e 6 date information Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and return to the Functions screen 8 30 Res
320. u screen use the Proceed OK command to exit to the User Defined Fields Setup screen and enter other user defined field information Use the Move and Swap buttons to move lines around on the screen Select a line and click either Move or Swap A dialog box appears for defining where you want to move the selected line Resource Manager User s Manual Data File Maintenance User Defined Field Setup 12 Toreturn to the header and select another application and file for entering user defined fields click Header or press H 13 When you finish working with user defined fields use the Proceed OK command to close the screen and return to the Data File Maintenance menu 14 The next steps are performed within each application for which you set up user defined fields e Open the File Maintenance menu within each application you set up user defined fields for in Resource Manager e Check the User Defined Fields box within the Employees Vendors or Customers functions and use the Proceed OK command to continue When the User Defined Fields screen appears enter the information for the fields you set up in Resource Manager Resource Manager User s Manual 5 27 System File Maintenance Application Information 6 3 Directories 6 5 Menus 6 7 Favorites Menus 6 11 Inquiry Window Definitions 6 15 Global Inquiry Definitions 6 19 Help Screens 6 35 System Messages 6 39 Backup Restore Commands 6 41 Form Codes 6 43 Form
321. und for your start style graphical menu If you do not specify a bitmap name the system uses the default OSAS BMP file which is installed with Resource Manager Resource Manager User s Manual Workstation Configuration Defaults Defaults Screen Screen Two The second Defaults screen appears when you press Enter in the Bitmap Image field and then press PgDn Press PgUp to return to the first Defaults screen Your changes are not saved until you use the Proceed OK command on this screen 21515 Commands Edit Modes Other Help BXxE BEG g OK Abandon Workstation T000 Directory Defaults Print File D osas65 teparts Sort File D osasb5 sorts Application Defaults Acroread Path C Program Filesv amp dobeNAcrobat 4 0 Acrobat acrobat exe Web Browser C Program Files Internet Explorerviexplore exe E Mail Client D Program Files Microsoft Office 2k Office outlook exe E Mail Defaults E Mail From dsmith osas com Company 11 07 2002 Terminal TODO OVR Enter the full path and application extension when applicable for each directory listed then enter your e mail address in the E Mail From field Refer to the field definitions for more information on a specific field Use the Proceed OK command to save your changes and return to the Workstation Configuration menu Resource Manager User s Manual 2 31 Defaults Workstation Configuration
322. up The Sample box shows how the screen appears so that you can view the new settings before you change them To change the color settings for another screen type press Tab until that screen type appears and repeat step 4 Press PgDn to save your changes and return to the main menu or press F7 to close the screen without changing the color settings Resource Manager User s Manual Keyboard Inquiry Inquiry Use the Keyboard function to customize the function and editing keys for text screens on your workstation You can also use this function to copy a keyboard layout to another workstation or set of workstations This function is not available if you are using the graphical mode Follow these steps to change the keys assigned to commands 1 Select Keyboard from the Workstation Configuration menu The Keyboard screen appears Ini xj Settings Edit Print Help Keyboard Workstation TOO0 Copy To Description Type Default Key Label User Label gt Help Screen Esc H Fi Fi Inquiry Screen Esc W F2 F2 Delete Screen Esc D F3 F3 Other Commands Screen Esc 0 F4 F4 Abandon Screen Esc X FS FS Maintenance Screen Esc F F F Exit Screen Esc M List Screen Esc L Fs Fs Undo Edit Esc U F9 F9 Delete to EOL Edit Ctrl Z F10 F10 Unmapped Key Screen Esc SHIFT F1 Shft F1 Information Screen Esc I SHIFT F2 Shft F2 Unmapped Key Screen Esc B SHIFT F3 Shft F3 Unmapped Key Screen Esc C SHIFT F4 Shft F4 Enter edit
323. up 6 Group 7 Group 8 4 1111 1111 2222 2222 4444 5555 5555 6666 6666 Company H Inquiry Resource Manager User s Manual 2 5 Colors Workstation Configuration 2 6 Available colors are divided into eight groups The background color in each group represents the screen background while the colored text illustrates how text looks on that background The muted text on the left represents system prompts the brighter text on the right illustrates user entries The box at the top right labeled Functions in the example screen contains the current color settings for that type of screen In the example screen this box tells you that function screens currently use color group 8 for the background and color 1 for the screen s text border and title You can change color settings for functions menus help screens inquiry screens information screens errors system and verification messages options and attention messages If you have a multiuser system you can copy color settings from one workstation to another with a similar monitor To copy the color settings from another workstation enter the workstation ID in the Copy From field and press Enter Press Tab to select the screen type for which you want to change color settings To change the specified screen s background color enter the color group number To change the text border or title enter a color number within the selected color gro
324. utton 1 22 access code entering in graphical menus 1 22 Access Codes function 3 19 8 31 parameter 1 4 screen 3 19 access codes using in Print Manager C 2 Active Report Control function 9 7 adding comments 1 56 devices 2 11 Alias Inventory Lookup function key 1 41 1 48 pull down menu command 1 41 Application Information function 6 3 screen 6 3 tool button 1 25 Application Information List function 11 9 Application Setup right click menu 1 27 Application Tables function 5 7 screen 5 7 Resource Manager User s Manual Index Applications Options Inquiry E 9 Archive Report Control function 9 11 assigning keys to commands 2 7 attaching documents file types 2 35 B Backup function 5 3 screen 5 3 Backup Restore Commands function 6 41 screen 6 41 Backup Restore Commands List function 11 7 sample 11 7 base applications defined 1 3 Bell mode pull down menu command 1 38 building functions custom solutions H 1 modifying generic code H 2 planning H 2 C Calculator consecutive calculations E 5 description of E 1 making calculations E 4 tool button 1 23 1 42 Call a BBx Program E 6 Change Fields screen 5 19 X 1 Change File Size function 5 9 screen 5 9 change to from Favorites tool button 1 23 1 27 changing Defaults 2 25 key definitions 2 7 text screen colors 2 5 changing companies graphical menus 1 27 Clear Sales Tax function 4 19 screen 4 19
325. uy MOTA Use OLZN4O 9Ss T90 8T epo ang dv srsA euy MOTA 4569 ONdVEI 66 t28 892 Aspol end sTS TEUY MOTA use ONAYAD 0002 90 21 AepoL 3281 dv srsA euy MOTA Use 0ddY42 aan i03 Ted USE TI 8212 OS 696 Potaed aan i03 peasodug Teg Use 19 INCHSITI 00 porasg aan i03 Aatataoy Teg USED 19 LIVHSITO 33 0PT 5 porasq aan 30 Buruurbeg Use 19 DISHSITO 33 0F0 5 porasd aan jo Huruutheg atsodeq uo yse 19 54410313 aan 30 Huruutbag Teg pueH uo DISHOITI 20 90 80 ameu PISTA dI PISTA Tsotydeag 25828104 squamsarnbay use NOTAHSYI paeoqyseq Azoasty PABOqUSEG SIE Hd 62 Atddng 2002 90 80 EIS Dashboard History Report 8 11 Resource Manager User s Manual Inquiry Inquiry Field History The Field History Report contains historical information about a field that you specify You can specify that the report contain all the available history information about the field or only the information within a range of dates It eliminates the need to produce several history reports A sample Field History Report is on page 8 14 Follow these steps to produce the Field History Report 1 Select Field History from the EIS Reports menu The Field History screen appears reduser 2510 Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xre se OK Abandon Field ID JAPTVINPY
326. validate period entry Access the Period Setup function and fill in the lower half of the screen which includes the period beginning and ending dates Must build OPT table first The application you are working with does not have an OPT table Use the Application Tables function to create one Must define base window definition first You must define the base window before you can create an alternate inquiry window definition Enter a window ID without a character in the ninth position and create it first Must enter Copy From ID This function requires that you enter a Copy From ID to create a new record Must enter country code You cannot create a blank country code Must enter numeric value The data you entered must contain only numbers Must Enter Valid Date The format is mm dd yyyy Resource Manager User s Manual A 11 System Messages References Must Enter Valid Time The format is hh mm Must enter Y es N o or an enhancement ID You cannot leave this field blank Enter Y N or an application enhancement ID No application installed for this company ID No applications are installed for the company you selected Select a different company ID or create the application files for the company before you try the function again No applications to convert You did not enter any applications to convert Enter the IDs of the applications whose files you want to convert No conversion program found for this ap
327. ve entered previously View Reminder Use the View Reminder screen to view the reminders for a specific date Resource Manager User s Manual 4 23 Pop Up Calendar Application Setup Pop Up Calendar Screen 4 24 Pop Up Calendar BEI Commands Edit Modes Other Calendar Keys Help te me OK Abandon June 2002 Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday a B pr B s ho 21 Bl Bl E Prev 2002 View Next July 2002 J 2 Delete day ES before A Read Unread Company H 06 24 2002 Terminal T000 OVA The current month appears An icon appears on the days for which reminders are on file Use the arrow keys to scroll through the days on the calendar After you have selected the day you want to work with select a command to continue e Press P to view the calendar for the previous month Press N to view the calendar for the next month Press V to view reminders for a selected date The View Reminder screen appears e Press A to add a reminder for a selected date The Add Reminder Screen appears Press D to delete all reminders for a selected date e Press R to delete all reminders dated before a selected date Resource Manager User s Manual Application Setup Pop Up Calendar View Reminder Screen Commands Edit Modes Other ScrollCommands Help 2x Be 280 Ok Abandon Friday June 16 2002 Subject Statu
328. vention is used to list a function FUNCNAME Function Name The FUNCNAME function returns particular values Setup types Description A length n type m Description B length n type m Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Description of the returned value 2 Alphanumeric Description of the returned value A Sub numbers an item that a function returns some functions return 20 items of information The sub number is useful when you use the Math formula command you can manipulate individual data items A Type is the sort of information that is returned A function returns one of two types numeric or alphanumeric A Description describes a data item that the function returns Most are self explanatory use the information as a guide for what the item returns and what the entire function returns Resource Manager User s Manual G 1 Predefined Functions Functions APCHECK Accounts Payable Checks File Totals The APCHECK function returns the total amount of money paid through checks the money saved through discounts the money lost by not taking advantage of discounts and the amount paid in advance by checks Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Checks Total 2 Numeric Discounts Taken Total 3 Numeric Discounts Lost Total 4 Numeric Prepaid Checks Total APHCDAY AP Checks History File Daily Totals The APHCDAY function returns the total amount paid with checks for a particular day Setup types Compa
329. version 6 5 allows you to add user defined fields to Accounts Payable Accounts Receivable Payroll and Job Cost Consult your reseller for information on adding user defined fields to other applications 3 OSAS version 6 5 allows you to add user defined fields to these files ARCUx APVEx PAEGx and JOBSx Select one of these files in the File field Consult your reseller for information on adding user defined fields to other files Resource Manager User s Manual 5 25 User Defined Field Setup Data File Maintenance 5 26 10 11 Select the line you want to edit and either double click the line or press Enter The Edit Menu dialog box appears Edit Menu E 15 xl Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xebelma amp OK Abandon Prompt Supervisor Type oo aj String Length 20 System Mask aj Mask Enter the name you want to use in the Prompt text box Enter a different type or use the Inquiry command to look up and select it from the list that appears Change the number of characters that can be entered into the field if necessary If you are working with a numeric field enter the System Mask type or use the System Mask inquiry to select one from the list that appears Use the Mask text box to enter whatever type of mask you require for example a phone number mask Note You cannot enter anything in the Mask text box if you select a System Mask When you finish working with the Edit Men
330. want to include in the list 3 If you want the list to show the appearance of text dashboard screens with the coordinates at the top and left of the screen select the Show Screen Layouts box or enter Y in text mode if not clear the box or enter N 4 If you want to list the ID description and display mask for each field select the Show Fields Used box or enter Y in text mode if not clear the box or enter N in text mode Resource Manager User s Manual 8 37 Screen Definitions List Executive Information Summary 5 If you want to break down each field into its setup ID description and formula select the Show Field Detail box or enter Y in text mode if not clear the box or enter N in text mode 6 If you want to list each function and setup ID for each field by ID description type and range select the Show Function Setup Detail box or enter Y in text mode if not clear the box or enter N in text mode 7 Select the output device to begin printing the list See Output the Report on page 1 60 for information on output devices After the report is produced the EIS Master File Lists menu appears Screen Definition List 07 13 2002 Builders Supply 11 39 AM Screen Definitions List Dashboard APANAL Accounts Payable Analysis Screen Layout 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 12345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567 Aging Analysis Purchase History Period to Date Year to Date
331. width or C if you want to view it in compressed width 3 When the report appears press Enter to view the next page or Page Up to view previous pages 1 62 Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction Reports E mail the Report Before you can e mail reports you must enter details about your e mail system using the E Mail Setup function on the Resource Manager System File Maintenance menu You can e mail only selected reports In general any report or form that makes up part of your audit trail cannot be e mailed Follow these steps to e mail a report 1 Select E mail or enter M 2 When available select Standard or enter S if you want to e mail a standard width report or select Compressed or enter C if you want to e mail it in compressed width The E Mail Information screen appears E Mail Information Commands Edit Modes Other Help xt memu e OK Abandor E Mail To amyd osas com EG Subject Tax Groups List Attachment IV 3 If you e mailed this report previously the last e mail address to which you sent the report appears Press Enter to use this address change it if necessary or enter a new e mail address 4 Enter another address to send the e mail to as a carbon copy if necessary 5 OSAS automatically enters the name of the report in the Subject field Change this subject line if necessary 6 Select the Attachment check box or enter Y in text mode to send the report as a
332. with your new settings when you make changes The Devices function uses several different screens to capture data about the devices you use The screen that appears depends on the type of device you are adding or editing Screen Page Description Devices 2 10 Use the Devices screen to set up the configuration for each workstation in your system Devices Printers 2 12 Use to set up the printer configuration for the system Resource Manager User s Manual 2 9 Devices Workstation Configuration Screen Page Description Devices Terminals 2 19 Use to set up the terminal or workstation configuration for the system Devices Plotters 2 22 Use to set up plotters for the system Devices Other 2 24 Use to add other types of devices such as Windows graphical devices to the system Devices Screen After you specify the devices file name the Devices screen appears and lists information about the devices set up on your system 4 Devices lol xl Commands Edit Modes Other Scroll Commands Help 2xe re ma g OK Abandon STBLEN 10240 Lo p bE TRANSPARENTRGB 192 192 192 alias PF FILE Print file LF 0D04 FILE PRINT TO alias LPL sysprint Windows Default Printer Laser LINES 63 SPCOLS 80 CP alias PDL sysprint Print Dialog Laser LINES 63 SPCOLS 80 CPCOLS 132 TM alias PSL sysprint Print Setup Laser LINES 63 SPCOLS 80 CPCOLS 132 TMA alias sysprint Windows Default
333. workstation on your system Try the function again when no one else is using the file Unable to open file Unable to open file in use The file you are trying to use is locked at another terminal on your system or the file is corrupted Wait a few minutes and try again If the condition persists get help from a support technician Unable to print to device The system cannot access the device you are trying to print to Make sure that the device is online then try again Resource Manager User s Manual A 17 System Messages References Unmatched Parenthesis Found in Formula Every left parenthesis must have a right parenthesis and vice versa Unmatched Quotation Marks Found in Formula You must have an even number of quotation marks in a formula Version number must be equal to or greater than installed application You cannot install an earlier version of an application over a more recent version Version number too large The version number you entered is too large Check the version number and try again Warning invalid date entered The date you entered is not valid The month you entered does not end with the day specified Warning Setup Type type Not Used When you establish a setup ID you usually want to use all the available setup types If you do not this message appears You can bypass the message but be careful if you do Some functions do not work properly or produce the correct information if setup ty
334. x Refundable 00 The Edit Tax Class screen appears when you edit a line on the Tax Locations screen Refer to the field definitions for more information Field Definitions Field Name Tax Class Description Sales Tax Percent Purch Tax Percent Refundable Percent Inquiry Expense Acct Maint Taxable Sales Nontaxable Sales Tax Collected Resource Manager User s Manual Description The tax class and its description appear Enter the tax percent for the location Enter the purchases tax for the location Enter the refundable percent for the location in tax locations that provide for refunded taxes such as in Canada Enter the GL expense account number for the location Enter the total of taxable sales for the location Enter the total of nontaxable sales for the location Enter the amount of tax collected for the location 4 9 Tax Locations Application Setup Field Name Description Taxable Purchases Enter the taxable purchases for the location Nontaxable Enter the nontaxable purchases for the location Purchases Tax Paid Enter the tax paid for the location Tax Refundable Enter the amount of tax refunded for the location in tax locations that provide for refunded taxes such as in Canada Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and exit to the Tax Locations screen View Tax Class Screen View tine IEIxI Commands Edit Modes Othe
335. y PgDown Description When the bell is turned on it sounds at an error or when you must verify a command When this option is off the cursor stops at every field possible To make the cursor skip the fields that do not require an entry in certain application functions select the option If verification is turned on you must press PgDn twice to proceed to the next screen or to save your entries Other Commands Menu Commands Edit Modes Other Help ra a Calculator Execute an Operating System Command Call a PRO 5 Program Product Suggestions Application Options Inquiry Global Inquiry General Information Inquiry Support Information User Comments EIS Dashboard Display EIS Dashboard History Pop Up Calendar Inventory Price Calculator See Other Commands Menu on page 1 24 for information on this menu s commands Help Menu Commands Edit Modes Other Information Help RX Be MH 2 amp About OSAS Command About OSAS Command Help Command Help Help lt F1 gt Online Doc Shft F1 gt Description Opens the About OSAS dialog box Opens the OSAS Key Help screen Resource Manager User s Manual Introduction OSAS Graphical Functions Command Description Help Lists information about the field on which you are working Online Doc Launches your PDF file viewer and opens the documentation for the appropriate OSAS application Information Menu
336. y on the Favorites menu removes the selected application or function from the Favorites menu Shift F2 Esc l Opens a screen listing information about the Application applications you have installed Info Shift F5 Esc G On Windows workstations pressing this key Menu combination toggles between graphical and text Style main menus Shift F6 Esc K On Windows workstations pressing this key Toggle GUI combination toggles between graphical and text screens function screens PgUp Moves back one menu level Tab Moves back to the main menu from any application menus Enter Selects an application menu or function from a menu Up Down Moves the cursor up or down through the menu arrow selections 1 18 Resource Manager User s Manual OSAS Graphical Menu In a Windows environment you can choose from two types of graphical style menus The standard graphical menu features application selections that resemble many Windows functions The start style menu is named so because of its functional resemblance to the Start menu in Windows 95 98 NT and 2000 Both graphical menus provide pull down menus convenient tool buttons and easy access to your installed applications and their functions using either the mouse or keyboard The two graphical menus provide you with a visual choice in your interaction with OSAS and your data When you select an application in either graphical OSAS menu the application s main menu presenting
337. ytes per Record Enter the number of bytes to set aside for each record in the new file Key Chain A key chain represents a primary key used in the table to sort and organize data Enter the key chain number you want to use to select the data to copy from the old file to the new one Refer to the File Descriptions Manual for more information on key chains Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed OK command to save your entries and begin the copy process When all records are copied this message appears n records copied The old file will be replaced Use the Proceed OK command again to remove the old file and replace it with the new resized one Next enter a new file name to resize or use the Exit F7 command to return to the Data File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual View File Contents Use the View File Contents function to display information directly from a data file for a specified range of records The information appears or prints in a raw mode without regard for the specific information contained in the record A sample of the resulting report is on page 5 13 Select View File Contents from the Data File Maintenance menu The View File Contents screen appears View File Contents x Commands Edit Modes Other Help 2xe be manl g OK Abandon File Name at JRH Use Template I Description GL Journal File File Type Highly Recoverable Logical Key Size Bytes per record 19

(RM) - includes Print Manager and Executive

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents